1000380798 Catalog
2016-09-04
: Pdf 1000380798-Catalog 1000380798-Catalog B4 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 93
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Enclosed Motor Disconnects
Bolted Pressure Switches
OEM Operating Mechanisms
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 1
8.0
Switching Devices
Index
Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Safety Switch Selection Guide
Notes
aType 12 enclosures (30-1200 amperes) can be field modified to meet Type 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain screw is removed.
bOptional windows also available with type 12 or 4/4X enclosures.
cDouble throw non-fusible 4 pole 30-800A, 6 pole 30-100A.
Enclosure
Type
Type Voltage Fuse Type
Fuse
Class
Ampere
Rating
Number of
PolescType 1 Type 3R Type 12a
Type 4
Painted
Steel
Type 4X
Stainless
Steel
Type 4X
Non
Metallic
NEMA 7/9
Hazardous
Location
Air Conditioning
Disconnect
Max. 240Vac
Max. 240Vac
Max. 600Vac
Fusible
Non-Fusible
Moulded Case
Switch
Non-Fusible
Cartridge
—
—
—
H
—
—
—
30 and 60
60
60
30-80
2
2
2
3
—
—
—
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
General Duty Single Throw
Max. 240Vac
Fusible
Non-Fusible
Plug
Cartridge
—
—
H
—
30
30-600
30-600
1 and 2
2 and 3
2 and 3
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Heavy Duty Single Throw
Max. 600Vac
250 Vdc &
600 Vdc
Fusible
Non-Fusible
Cartridge
—
H
L
—
30-600
800-1200
30-1200
2, 3, and 4
2, 3, and 4
Yes
Up to 1200A
Yes
Yes
Up to 1200A
Yes
Yesab
Up to 1200A
Yesab
Up to 1200A
Yesb
400-1200A
Yesb
400-1200A
Yesb
Up to 1200A
Yesb
Up to 1200A
—
—
—
—
—
—
6-Pole
Motor Circuitb
Single Throw
Max. 600Vac
Fusible
Non-Fusible
Cartridge
—
H
—
30-200
30-200
6
6
—
—
Yes
Yes
Yesab
Yesab
—
—
Yesb
Yesb
—
—
—
—
Double ThrowcMax. 600VAV
250Vdc
Fusible
Non-Fusiblec
Cartridge
—
H
T (240V)
T (600V)
—
30-200
400-1200
30-1200
2 and 3
3
2, 3, 4, 6
3
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yesab
400-600A
Yesab
Up to 400A
Yesb
400-600A
Yesb
400-600A
Yesb
400-600A
Yesb
Up to 200A
—
—
—
—
Enclosed Rotary
Switches
Max. 600Vac Non-Fusible — — 30-80 3 Yesa—YesYes—
Hazardous
Location
Disconnect
Switch
Max. 600Vac
250Vdc
Fusible
Non-Fusible
Cartridge
—
J
—
30-100
30-100
3
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Yes
Yes
Enviroline All
Stainlessb
Single Throw
Max. 600Vac/
DC
Fusible
Non-Fusible
Cartridge
—
H
—
30-400
30-400
2 and 3
3
—
—
—
—
Yesb
Yesb
—
—
—
—
Viewing Window Single Throw
Max. 600Vac/
DC
Fusible
Non-Fusible
Cartridge
—
H
—
30-1200
30-1200
2, 3, 4, 6
2, 3, 4, 6
—
—
—
—
Yesa
Yesa
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
—
—
—
—
Receptacle
(Pin & Sleeve)b
Single Throw
Max. 600Vac/
DC
Fusible
Non-Fusible
Cartridge
—
H
—
30-100
60
3
3
—
—
—
—
Yesab
Yesab
—
—
Yesb
Yesb
—
—
—
—
Quick Connect
(Cam & Posi Lok)
Single Throw
Max. 600Vac
Double Throw
Max. 600Vac
Fusible
Non-Fusible
w Non-Fusible
w Fuse
Cartridge
—
—
Cartridge
H
L
—
—
H
T
100-600
800
100-800
—
100-200
400-800
2, 3, and 4
2, 3, and 4
2, 3, and 4
2, 3, and 4
2, 3, and 4
2, 3, and 4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Solar Single Throw
Max. 600Vdc
Fusible
Non-Fusible
R
—
30-600
30-600
1 (3)
1 (3)
—
—
Yes
Yes
Yesab
Yesab
Yesb
Yesb
—
—
—
—
—
—
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 3
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Product Overview
-Used to open or close
a circuit
-Non-fusible safety
switches provide a means
to manually connect or
disconnect the load from
the source
-Fusible safety switches
provide a means to
manually open and close
a circuit and provide
overcurrent protection by
means of installed fuses
-
Fusible switches certified for
use as service entrance
equipment (unless noted)
-Also commonly referred
to as a disconnect switch
or disconnect
-Available from 30–1200A
-All Padlockable
-Horsepower rated
-100% load break rated
(unless noted)
-Non-Fusible switches are
100% continuous duty
rated and fusible switches
are 80% continuous duty
rated per CSA C22.2 No.4
Standards and Certifications
-C22.2 No.4 File #69743
-C22.2 No.14 (Enclosed
Rotary) File #162136
-Det Norske Veritas
-ISO 9001:2008
-CSA certified Class l, Div, 1
& 2, Groups B, C & D;
Class ll, Div 1 & 2, Groups
E, G & F; Class lll, Div 1 &
2, Zone 1, llB + H2 for
NEMA 7/9.
-
Seismic qualified (UBC and
CBC) for Heavy Duty 30-800A
-
ISO 1400
Fuse Clips/Class
Note: Refer to specific switch technical data page for field adaptation notes.
Adaptable to Accept the Following Fuse Class
Safety Switch Type
Standard
Fuse Class Clips
Supplied with Switch R J T
AC Disconnect H — — —
General Duty H 30A-600A 400-600A 400-600A
Heavy Duty H 30-600A
L 800-1200A
30A-600A 240V-100-600A
600V-30-600A
200A-800A
1200A
Heavy Duty 6 Pole H 30A-200A 60A-200A 200A
Double Throw H 30-200A
T 240V-600A-1200A
T 600V-400A-800A
L 600V-1200A
30A-400A
240V-200A Only
600V-200A-400A
240V-600A-1200A
600V-400A-1200A
(Standard)
Enviroline
All Stainless & Window
Same as
Heavy Duty
Same as
Heavy Duty
Same as
Heavy Duty
Receptacle (Pin & Sleeve) H 30A-100A 60A-100A —
Solar R 30A - 600A — —
4 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Catalogue Number Selection
Safety Switch
Notes
aAlways verify the number of poles and wires required since catalogue numbers may appear in multiple tables.
bSee Pages 12 through 14 for additional Flex Centre options.
This table is intended for use in breaking down existing catalogue numbers. It is not intended for building new catalogue numbers.
Ampere
1 = 30
2 = 60
3 = 100
4 = 200
5 = 400
6 = 600
7 = 800
8 = 1200
Fused/Non Fused & Neutral
NF= Non Fused no Neutral
N= Fused with Neutral
Blank= Fused no Neutral
Enclosure Type
1= Type 1 indoor painted steel
3= Type 3R outdoor painted steel
4= Type 4/4X watertight,
stainless 30 to 200A, painted
steel 400A to 1200A
12 = Type 12 dustight, painted steel
Poles/Blades
1 = 1 pole
2 = 2 poles
3 = 3 poles
3 = 4 poles
6 = 6 poles
Voltage Max AC
1= 120Vac
2 = 240Vac
6 = 600Vac
Options b
W=Window for type 12, 4/4X
only
SS =Stainless Steel> 200A
316 =Grade 316 Stainless Steel
CHR=Crouse Hinds Receptacle
type 12, 4x
AER=Appleton Receptacle (screw
door) type 12, 4x
ARL=Appleton Receptacle (screw
cap) type 12, 4x
RSR=Russelstoll Receptacle type
12, 4x
Switch Type
HD = Heavy Duty
G = General Duty
DT = Double
Throw
4 HD 3 6 3 NF CHRW
Fused/Non Fused & Neutral
N = Fused with Neutral
SN = Fusible Switched Neutral
NF = Non Fused no Neutral on G
U = Non Fused no Neutral
F = Fused no Neutral
Enclosure Rating
G= Type 1
R= Type 3R
D= Type 12 or 12/3R
W= Type 4X (grade 304 stainless steel)
X= Type 7/9 for type DS. 4X non
metallic for CER.
Blank= Type 1 for G type
Switch Type
3GAC = Light Duty for HVac - 3R
GP = Plug Fuse
G= General Duty 400A & 600A
1ph, 200A & 600A 3ph
CDG= General Duty 30 to 200A 1ph,
30 to 100A 3ph
CDH= Heavy Duty Enviroline
DS = Hazardous Location
CDH= Heavy Duty Single Throw
Quick Connect (Refer to page
57)
CDT= Heavy Duty Double Throw
Quick Connect (Refer to page
57)
CDH= Solar Switches
ER5= Enclosed Rotary
CER5= Enclosed Rotary
Voltage Max
1 = 120Vac
2 = 240Vac
6 = 600Vac/dc
Blank = 600Vac
for ERS,
CERS type
Ampere
1= 30A
2 = 60A
3 = 100A
4 = 200A
5 = 400A
6 = 600A
7 = 800A
030 = 30A (ER, CER)
040 = 40A (CER)
060 = 60A (ER, CER)
080 = 80A (CER)
Options b
X=Enviroline (Stainless
operating mechanism in
stainless enclosure)
W=Window for CDH type only
316 =Grade 316 Stainless Steel
Poles/Blades
1 = 1 pole (Solar)
2 = 2 poles
3 = 3 poles
4 = 4 poles
CDH 3 6 1 U W K XW
Design Type
K=K switch Heavy Duty design
B=General Duty design
Blank=G type 200A and above K
switch design
Blank=ER, CER enclosed rotary
Blank=DS hazardous location
Blank=GP plug fuse
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 5
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Options and Accessories
Safety Switches Safety Switches, continued
Notes
aFor 6 pole switches with control pole DS16CP contact sales for special order.
bOrder one kit for three poles.
cOrder one kit for each pole.
dOrder one kit per switch.
eMajority of switches do not require fuse adapter kits, or kit is included. Fuse blocks or fuse
clips are field adaptable. See fuse class adaptation notes under technical data and
specifications, for specific switch categories.
fCentre blade class ‘C’ fuse must be used.
Accessories are not applicable to NEMA 7/9 switches unless indicated otherwise.
Description
Catalogue Number
Neutral Kits/Ground Kits
30A CDG DG030NB
60–100A CDG DG100NB
200A GD, (Type 3R enclosures), CDG DG200NK
30–60A HD DH030NK
100A HD DH100NK
200A HD (Type 1, 3R enclosures) N200
200A HD (Type 4X, 12 enclosures) DH200NK
400A GD, HD DS400NK
600A GD, HD DS600NK
400–600A fusible DT, 800–1200A HD DS800NK
30–100A DT DT100NK
200A DT DT200NK
400A non-fusible DT DT400NK
600A non-fusible DT DT600NK
800A DT DT800NK
1200A DT DT1200NK
Ground Lug Kits
30–100A CDG DG030GB
30–100A HD, DT aDS100GK
200A GD, HD, DT DS200GK
400–600A GD, 400–1200A HD, 400–800A DT DS468GK
Control Pole Kit (For 2P, 3P Switches)a
400–600A GD, 30–1200A HD, 30–800A DT,
1 N/0 Aux contact
DS16CP
Control Pole Description - Operation - The HD-Series Control
Pole provides one normally open contact, late-make, early-break
operation (7’ lag to main contacts on “make”). It mounts in the
same position with pre-drilled holes as the neutral block, directly
connected to the power pole operating shaft. Direct connection and
visible blades provide more secure electrical interlocking than
handle linkage operation of a snap switch type of interlock. This
reliability meets the requirements of many specifications for 4-pole
switches when the fourth pole is required for secure electrical
interlocking. Unit is approved for use with elevating devices.
Wire Size Range - #16 to #12 AWG, copper conductors.
Ratings - 10 A continuous, Ac or Dc
Auxiliary Contact Kits
All switches (except 30–100A GD) 1NO/1NC DS200EK1
All switches (except 30–100A GD) 2NO/2NC DS200EK2
NEMA 7/9 switches (30–100A) 1NO/1NC 178C265G05
NEMA 7/9 switches (30–100A) 2NO/2NC 178C265G06
Enclosed Rotary See page 72
DH030NK
DS16CP
DS200EK1
Ac Code Rating A600 Dc Code Rating N600
Volts Ac Make Break Volts Dc Make & Break
120V 60A 6A 125V 2.2A
240V 30A 3A 250V 1.1A
480V 15A 1.5A 600V 0.4A
600V 12A 1.2A — —
Description
Catalogue Number
Fuse Puller Kits
30A 240V-600V, 60A 240V, 1.5” pole spacing,
SLIDER type (3 per kit)
DS32FP
30 & 60A 600V, 1.5” pole spacing STRAP
type (3 per kit)
DS30FP
60A 240V-600V, 2” pole spacing SLIDER
type (4 per kit)
DS60FP
100A SLIDER integral to fuse clip (3 per kit) DS100FP
200A SLIDER integral to fuse clip (3 per kit) DS200FP
“J” Fuse Adapter Kitse
60A 240V HD bDS22JK
60A DT and receptacle switches bDS26JK
400A 600V DT dDT400JK
600A 240–600V HD, 600A GD cDS600JK
“R” Fuse Rejector Adapter Kits b
30A CDG DG030RB
100A CDG DG100RB
30A 240V HD, DT DS12FK
30A 600V HD, DT, 60A 240V HD, DT, 60A CDG DS16FK
60A 600V HD, DT DS26FK
100A 240–600V HD, DT DS36FK
200A 240–600V HD, DT, 200A GD, CDG DS46FK
400A 240–600V HD, 240V DT, 400A GD DS56FK
600A 240–600V HD, 600A GD DS66FK
“T” Fuse Adapter Kits
200A 240V HD bDS426TK
200A 600V HD bDS466TK
400A 240V GD, HD cDS526TK
400A 600V HD cDS566TK
600A 240V GD, HD cDS626TK
600A 600V HD cDS666TK
800A 240V HD cDS726TK
800A 600V HD cDS766TK
Form II Class C Clipsf
30, 60A HD (1 kit for 1-3 pole switch) F2CLIP30
100A HD (1 kit for 3 poles) F2CLIP100
200A HD (1 kit for 3 poles) F2CLIP200
400A HD (1 kit for 3 poles) F2CLIP400
DS60FP
DS22JK
DS12FK
DS426TK
6 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Options and Accessories - Continued
Safety Switches
Note
Refer to page 5 for footnotes b, c, d
Myers Type Hubs
For Type 3R (400A and above) and
Type 4, 4X (stainless steel), 12
Note
3R enclosures include hub opening and cover plate 30-200A
Plate Type Hubs
For Type 3R enclosures (up to 200A)
Catalogue number DS900AP adapter kit - permits installation of group 1 hubs on 200 ampere general duty, heavy duty, and double throw switches.
Note
3R enclosures include hub opening and cover plate 30-200A.
Copper Lug Kits
30A HD, DTbDS16CL
60A HD, DTbDS16CL
100A HD, DTbDS36CL
200A HD, DTbDS46CL
400A HD, (Type 4, 4X, 12 enclosures) cDS56CL
600A-800A HD, (Type 4, 4X, 12 enclosures) cDS66CL
Crimp Lug Pad Kit (Type 4, 4X, 12 Enclosures)
400-600A HDbDS56CK
800A HDcDS76CK
400-800A neutral HDdDS800CNK
Replacement Red Operating Handle
(Knob only)
53-2601
Hookstick handle - GD, HD 200-600A, 30-
100 Type 12 with or without window
DH800HSH
Lubricating grease for safety switch blades
and contacts (each kit contains three 30 cc tubes
of lubricating grease)
DSLUBEKIT
Clear Line Shields
(for General Duty 200-600A)
200A GD 70-7759-11
400A GD 70-8063-8
600A GD 70-8064-8
DS36CL
DS56CK
Catalogue Number Conduit Size
DS050MH 0.50 (12.7)
DS075MH 0.75 (19.1)
DS100MH 1.00 (25.4)
DS125MH 1.25 (31.8)
DS150MH 1.50 (38.1)
DS200MH 2.00 (50.8)
DS250MH 2.50 (63.5)
DS300MH 3.00 (76.2)
DS350MH 3.50 (88.9)
DS400MH 4.00 (101.6)
DS500MH 5.00 (127.0)
DS050MH
Group 1
General-Duty, Heavy-Duty,
Double-Throw Through 100A
Group 2
General-Duty, Heavy-Duty,
Double-Throw—200A
Catalogue Number Conduit Size Catalogue Number Conduit Size
DS075H1 0.75 (19.1) DS200H2 2.00 (50.8)
DS100H1 1.00 (25.4) DS250H2 2.50 (63.5)
DS125H1 1.25 (31.8) DS300H2 3.00 (76.2)
DS150H1 1.50 (38.1) — —
DS200H1 2.00 (50.8) — —
DS075H1
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 7
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Technical Data and Specifications
Standard Lug Capacities - Safety Switches/Ground/Neutral/Copper Lug Kits
Description - Safety Switches
Minimum
Wire Capacity
Maximum
Wire Capacity Wire Type
30A GP #14
#12
#10
#10
Cu or
Al
30A CDG #14 #6 Cu/Al
30A HD, DT #14 #2 Cu/Al
60A CDG #14 #1/0 Cu/Al
60A HD, DT #14 #2 Cu/Al
100A CDGa#14 #1/0 Cu/Al
100A HD, DT #14 #1/0 Cu/Al
200A CDG, GD, DT #6 250 kcmil Cu/Al
200A HD Type 1 and 3R #6 250 kcmil Cu/Al
200A HD Type 4 and 12 #6 300 kcmil Cu/Al
400A GD, HD, DT (2) #1/0
(1) #1/0
(2) 300 kcmil or
(1) 750 kcmil
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
600A GD, HD, fusible DT (1) #2
(1) #1/0
(1) 600 kcmil and
(1) 750 kcmil
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
600A non-fusible DT (2) #250 (2) 500 kcmil Cu/Al
800A HD (4) #1/0 (4) 750 kcmil Cu/Al
800A DT (3) #250 (3) 500 kcmil Cu/Al
1200A HD, DT (4) #1/0 (4) 750 kcmil Cu/Al
Ground Lugs
Standard with switch 30-200A #14 #4 (continuous ground rated) Cu/Al
Standard with switch 400A-1200A #6 250mcm (continuous ground
rated)
Cu/Al
Optional Ground Lugs
DG030GB, 30-100A, CDG #14 #4 Cu/Al
DS100GK, 30-100A HD, DT (10 per kit) 7 x #14 7 x #4 Cu/Al
DS200GK, 200A GD, HD, DT
400-600A GD, 400-800A HD
2 x #14 2 x #2 Cu/Al
DS468GK, 400-800A DT, 1200A HD 2 x #6 2 x 250mcm Cu/Al
Copper-Bodied Lug Kits
DS16CL, 30A Cu, 6 per kit #14 #6 Cu
DS26CL, 60A Cu, 6 per kit #14 #4 Cu
DS36CL, 100A Cu, 6 per kit #6 #1/0 Cu
DS46CL, 200A Cu, 6 per kit #6 250 kcmil Cu
DS56CL, 400A Cu, 2 per kit #1/0 500 kcmil Cu
DS66CL, 600A Cu, 2 per kit (2) #1/0 (2) 500 kcmil Cu
Neutral Kits - All neutral lugs accomodate Cu/AI wire
DG030NB, 30A, CDG 3 x #14 - #4
DG100NB, 60-100A, CDG 3 x #14 - 1/0
DG200NK, 200A, GD, CDG 2 x #6 - 250mcm and #14 - #2
DH030NK, 30-60A, HD 4 x #14 - #2
DH100NK, 100A, HD 2 x #14 - #2 and #14 - 1/0
DH200NK, 200A HD (NEMA 12, 4X encl.) 2 x #6 - 300mcm and 2 x #14 - #2
N200, 200A HD (NEMA 1, 3R encl.) 2 x #6 - 250mcm and #14 - #2
DS400NK, 400A HD 2 x 1/0 - (1)750mcm or 1/0 - (2) 300mcm and 3 x #6 - 250mcm
DS600NK, 600A, GD, HD 2 x 1/0 - (1)750mcm or 1/0 - (2) 300mcm and 1 x #2 - 600mcm and 3 x #6 - 250mcm
DS800NK, 400-600A Fusible DT, 800A HD, 1200A HD 2 x 3/0 - (4)750mcm and 3 x #6 - 250mcm
DT100NK, 30-100A DT 1 x #14 - #2 and 3 x #14 - #2
DT200NK, 200A DT 3 x #6 - 250mcm and 1 x #14 - #2
DT400NK, 400A Non Fusible DT 7 x #6 - 250mcm
DT600NK, 600A Non Fusible DT 6 x 250 - 500mcm and 1 x #6 - 250mcm
DT800NK, 800A DT 3 x (3)250mcm - (3)500mcm
DT1200NK, 1200A DT 3 x (4)1/0 - (4) 750mcm
8 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Typical Fuse Dimensions in Inches
Note: Eaton does not supply fuses - information for reference only.
A
B
250V 600V
Ampere A B A B
1/10–30 2.00 0.56 5.00 0.81
35–60 3.00 0.81 5.50 1.06
250V 600V
Ampere A B A B
70–100 5.88 1.06 7.88 1.34
110–200 7.13 1.56 9.63 1.84
225–400 8.63 2.06 11.63 2.59
450–600 10.38 2.59 13.38 3.13
250V 600V
Ampere A B A B
110–200 7.13 1.66 9.63 1.66
225–400 8.63 2.38 11.63 2.38
450–600 10.38 2.88 13.38 2.88
A
B
T-Tron姠 Fuses
JJN (300V) JJS (600V)
Class J
Low-Peak姞 and Limitron姞 Fuses
LPJ & JKS (600V)
Class L Low-Peak and Limitron Fuses
KRP-C, KTU & KLU (601–4000A) (600V)
Note: KRP-CL (150–600A) fuses
have same dimensions as 601–800A
case size. KTU (200–600A) have
same dimensions, except tube
3-inch lgth. x 2-inch dia.; terminal
1.63-inch width x 1.25-inch thick.
Class RK5 and RK1
Class T
Fusetron姞, Low-Peak and
Limitron Fuses (250 and 600V)
FRN-R and FRS-R; LPN-RK
and LPS-RK; KTN-R and KTS-R
Basic dimensions are same as Class H
(formerly NEC) ONE-TIME (NON and NOS)
and SUPERLAG Renewable RES and
REN fuses.
Note: These fuses can be used to replace
existing Class H, RK1 and RK5 fuses relating
to dimensional compatibility.
70–100 5.88 1.16 7.88 1.16
Low-Peak
Fusetron and Limitron
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 9
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Typical Fuse Dimensions in Millimeters
Note: Eaton does not supply fuses - information for reference only.
A
B
T-Tron Fuses
JJN (300V) JJS (600V)
Class J
Low-Peak and Limitron Fuses
LPJ and JKS (600V)
Class L Low-Peak and Limitron Fuses
KRP-C, KTU and KLU (601–4000A) (600V)
Note: KRP-CL (150–600A) fuses
have same dimensions as 601–800A
case size. KTU (200–600A) have
samedimensions, except tube
76.2 mm lgth. x 50.8 mm dia.; terminal
41.3 mm width x 31.8 mm thick.
Class RK5 and RK1
250V 600V
Ampere A B A B
1/10–30 50.8 14.3 127.0 20.6
35–60 76.2 20.6 139.7 27.0
250V 600V
Ampere A B A B
70–100 149.2 26.9 200.0 34.0
110–200 181.0 39.6 244.5 46.7
225–400 219.1 52.3 295.3 65.8
450–600 263.5 65.8 339.7 79.5
250V 600V
Ampere A B A B
70–100 149.2 29.5 200.0 29.5
110–200 181.0 42.2 244.5 42.2
225–400 219.1 60.5 295.3 60.5
450–600 263.5 73.2 339.7 73.2
A
B
Class T
Fusetron, Low-Peak and
Limitron Fuses (250 and 600V)
FRN-R and FRS-R; LPN-RK
and LPS-RK; KTN-R and KTS-R
Basic dimensions are same as Class H
(formerly NEC) ONE-TIME (NON and NOS)
and SUPERLAG Renewable RES and REN fuses.
Note: These fuses can be used to replace
existing Class H, RK1 and RK5 fuses relating
to dimensional compatibility.
Fusetron and Limitron
Low-Peak
10 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
General Duty Short Circuit Ratings Using Class “R”, “J” or “T” Fusing where Applicable
Heavy Duty Short Circuit Ratings Using Class “R”, “J”, “L” or “T” Fusing where Applicable
Note: Class “H” fuse clips supplied as standard for 30-600A.
Rated at 10,000 rms when using class “H” fuses.
a Class “L” fuse connectors supplied as standard for 800A and 1200A.
Double Throw Short Circuit Ratings Using Class “R”, “J” or “T” Fusing where Applicable
Note: Class “H” fuse clips supplied as standard for 30-600A except Class “T” for 400A @ 600V and 600A @ 240V.
Rated at 10,000 rms when using Class “H” fuses.
Note: Safety switch short circuit ratings are applicable to AC only. For 600Vdc, 10KA short-circuit applies.
Note: Safety switch I2t and Ip values are identical to UL maximum acceptable I2t and Ip values for the corresponding class fuse.
Ampere Types 1 & 3R
30 100K @ 240V
60 100K @ 240V
100 100K @ 240V
200 100K @ 240V
400 100K @ 240V
600 100K @ 240V
Ampere Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 Type 4 & 4X
30 200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V
60 200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V
100 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V 200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V
200 200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V
400 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V
600 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V
800a200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V 200K @ 480V 100K @ 600V
1200a200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V 200K @ 600V
Ampere Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 Type 4 & 4X
30 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V
60 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V
100 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V
200 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V
400 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V
600 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V
800 100K @ 600V 100K @ 600V — —
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 11
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Non-Fusible Switches - Short Circuit Ratings
The circuit breaker or fuse rating is not to exceed the ampere
rating of the non-fusible switch. When used on systems with
greater than 10 kA short-circuit rating available, the UL Listed
short-circuit rating of the non-fusible switch is based upon the
switch being used in combination with fuses or moulded-case
circuit breakers identified in Table 1.
Non-Fusible Safety Switches
a For use on Type 1, 3R, 12/3R, and 4X switches.
b Fuse or circuit breaker rating is not to exceed switch rating.
c Type 12, 4/4X only. Type 1, 3R are 100 kAIC at 600Vac.
Upstream Deviceb
Eaton Non-Fusible Safety Switch
Ampere Ratinga
Maximum System
Voltage AC Maximum Short-Circuit Rating Fuse Class Breaker Frame
30 and 60 600 10,000 H, K Any circuit breaker
14,000 FDB
18,000 FD, EGE
25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, EGH
200,000 R, T, J, L
100 480 10,000 H, K Any circuit breaker
35,000 FDB
200,000 R, T, J, L
600 10,000 H, K Any circuit breaker
14,000 FDB
18,000 FD, EGE
25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, EGH
200,000cR, T, J, L
200 480 10,000 H, K Any circuit breaker
65,000 HFD, HFDE, HJD, JGH
200,000 R, T, J, L
600 10,000 H, K Any circuit breaker
14,000 FDB
18,000 FD, JD, JGE
25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, HJD, JGH
200,000 R, T, J, L
12 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Modifications—Flex Centre/Satellites
Introduction
The Safety Switch Flex
Centre is a special facility
at the site of our Cleveland,
Tennessee plant, that is
dedicated to providing
customized safety switches
that meet customer’s
challenging applications.
In addition, customized safety
switches are available
through Eaton's Canadian
network of eight regional
satellite facilities.
The Eaton Flex Centre and
Canadian regional Satellites
are solution centres that
provide real value:
-A dedicated and
knowledgeable
engineering/
manufacturing/customer
service team to meet
your needs
-A production facility
stocked with a full arsenal
of equipment to get the
job done
-Local accessibility, eight
strategically located
satellites in Canada
-Quick turnaround
-For pricing of modification
contact Eaton Sales,
Satellite or Customer
Support (1-800-268-3578)
1. Nameplates
Price covers up to three
lines of text with a maximum
of 25 characters per line.
Standard nameplates are
laser-engraved plastic and
have black letters on a white
background. Rotary-engraved
lamacoid nameplates are also
available. Additional colour
combinations and larger
nameplates are available
upon request. Customer
must specify the text when
placing an order.
Item 1
2. Fungus Proofing
All non-metallic components
of the switch are coated
with a moisture and fungus-
resistant varnish. The
inhibitor used meets USA
military specification: MIL-V-
173C for MOISTURE AND
FUNGUS-RESISTANT
TREATMENT. The treated
switch meets USA military
specification:
MIL-T-152E for MOISTURE
AND FUNGUS-RESISTANT
TREATMENT OF
COMMUNICATIONS,
ELECTRONICS AND
ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT.
Not UL listed/CSA Certified.
To order, add Suffix FP
to standard safety switch
catalogue number. Example:
1HD363FP.
3. Special Paint
Special paint colours are
available for order quantities
of five or more switches.
Custom colour is applied over
the standard ANSI-61 gray
finish.
Minimum quantity of five of
the same colour is required.
For quantities less than five,
higher ampere ratings,
or other colour request,
contact Eaton Sales.
To order, add the following
suffix to the standard
catalogue number:
Red - RED
Orange - ORG
Yellow - YEL
Green - GRN
White - WHT
Black - BLK
Tan - TAN
Brown - BRN
Example: 1HD361NF-ORG
4. Lock-ON Provision
Available on 30–800A heavy-
duty and double-throw safety
switches.
Provision will
accept a single lock.
To order, add Suffix LO to
the standard catalogue
number. Example:
3HD362LO.
5. Trapped Key
Interlock Systems
Available only on heavy-duty
and double-throw safety
switches. Trapped key
systems are used on
safety switches to prevent
unauthorized operations
or to predetermine a series
of power transfers by an
authorized operator.
Before system construction
can begin, the following
information must be provided
to the Flex Centre:
-User—name, address and
telephone number
-Complete coordination
(lock scheme) required
with order
To order, add Suffix TK to
the standard catalogue
number. Example:
12HD363TK.
Description Suffix Item
Nameplates NP 1
Fungus proofing FP 2
Special paint 3
Lock-on provisions on
heavy-duty safety
switches for most
enclosure types
LO 4
Trapped key interlock
systems
TK 5
Viewing window W6
Solid neutral factory
installed for double-throw
safety switches
N7
Switched neutral factory
installed for double throw
switches
SN 8
Neutral assemblies for
single throw Non-fusible/
Fusible switches
N or SN 9
200% neutrals
factory installed
200 10
Fuse pullers factory
installed
FE 11
Special crimp lug pads
factory installed for
general-duty and heavy-
duty switches
CK 12
Copper lugs factory
installed
CL 13
Custom lug
configurations
L14
Auxiliary contacts
factory installed
2 or 3 15
Control pole factory
installed
CP 16
Grade 316 stainless 316 17
Left hand operated LH 18
Description
Plastic nameplate—up to three lines
Lamacoid nameplate—up to three lines
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 13
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
6. Viewing Window
Viewing window is centred
over the switching contacts to
provide visual verification of
ON/OFF status. Available on
30 to 1200A heavy-duty single
and double throw switches
type 12, 4/4X enclosures. To
order, add Suffix W to the
standard catalogue number.
Example: 12HD362NFW.
Note: Effective August 2003
30–100A window switches are
provided with a full view cover
window.
Double throw window switches
are provided with two windows.
7. Solid Neutral for Double-
Throw Safety Switches
Solid neutrals are suitable for
non bonded generator
applications. For bonded
generators switched neutrals
are required. See item 8.
To order solid neutral, add
Suffix N.
Example 1: 3DT361NFN
non-fusible double-throw,
600V, three phase, 30A
switch with factory-installed
solid neutral.
8. Switched Neutral
Double-Throw
Switching neutrals are
required for separately
derived systems when
bonding the neutral of the
generator to a grounding
system at the generator.
For non bonded generator
application, a solid neutral
would apply. See Item 7.
For a switched neutral
application order one more
pole than number of power
phases.Example: single
phase order 3 pole switch,
three phase order 4 pole
switch.
Available rating 30 - 800A.
To order, add Suffix SN to
the standard safety switch
catalogue number.
Example: 3DT324NFSN
non-fusible double-throw,
240V, single phase, 200A
switch with factory-installed
switching neutral.
9. Neutral Assemblies
Factory Installed for
Single-Throw Non-Fusible/
Fusible Safety Switches
Available on 200–600A
general-duty safety switches
and 30–1200A heavy-duty
safety switches.
To order Solid Neutral, add
Suffix N to the standard safety
switch catalogue number.
Example: 4HD364NFN
Heavy-duty, three-pole, 200A,
non-fusible with solid neutral.
To order Switched Neutral,
order one more pole than
number of power phases and
add Suffix SN to catalogue
number.
Example: 3HD463SN
3 PH, four-pole, 600V, 100A
with switched neutral factory
installed.
10. 200% Neutrals Factory
Installed
Available on heavy duty
30-600A safety switches.
To order, add Suffix 200 to
standard switch catalogue
number.
Example: 1HD324N200
Heavy-duty, 200A, 240V, 3
phase with solid neutral
200% rated.
11. Fuse Pullers
Factory Installed
Item 11
To order, add Suffix FE to the
standard catalogue number.
Example: 3HD361FE
Ampere
Rating
Switch
Type
30-100 Heavy Duty
200 General Duty, Heavy Duty
14 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0 Switching Devices
Safety Switches
12. Special Crimp Lug
Pads Factory Installed for
General-Duty and Heavy-
Duty Switches (Crimp
Lugs are Not Included)
To order add Suffix CK
to the standard safety
switch catalogue number.
Item 12
Note: Heavy-duty Type HD
switches, 30–200A are field
adaptable to accept crimp
lugs, simply remove the box
lugs.
13. Copper Lugs
Factory Installed
Item 13
To order, add Suffix CL to the
standard safety switch
catalogue number.
Example: 1HD361CL heavy-
duty, three-pole, 30A fusible
switch at 600V with copper
lugs factory installed.
14. Custom Lug
Configurations
Customer-specified lug
arrangements are available on
heavy-duty and double-throw
safety switches. Contact
Eaton.
15. Auxiliary Contacts
Factory Installed Provide
Early-Make/Early-Break
Operation
Item 15
To order 1NO/1NC
contacts, add Suffix 2
to the standard safety
switch catalogue number.
To order 2NO/2NC
contacts, add Suffix 3
to the standard safety
switch catalogue number.
Example: 1HD4232
Heavy-duty, four-pole, 100A
fusible switch at 240V with
factory-installed 1NO/1NC
contacts.
Example: 1DT324NF22
double-throw, three-pole,
200A non-fusible switch at
240V with two factory-
installed contacts (one
installed in the primary switch
ON position and one installed
in the secondary switch ON
position).
16. Control Pole Factory
Installed Provides
Late-Make/Early-Break
Operation
The DS16CP control pole
(1NO aux contact). Approved
for use with elevating
devices, provides one
normally open contact, late-
make, early-break operation.
It mounts in the exact
location as the neutral block
using the same pre-drilled
holes. This is directly
connected to the power pole
operating shaft. Direct
connection and visible blades
provide more secure
electrical interlocking than
handle linkage operation of a
snap/switch type interlock.
This reliability meets the
requirements of many
specifications for four-pole
switches when the fourth
pole is required for secure
electrical interlocking.
Item 16
To order, add Suffix CP to
the standard safety switch
catalogue number.
Example: 1HD364CP heavy-
duty, three-pole, 200A fusible
switch at 600V with factory-
installed control pole.
17. Grade 316 Stainless
Enclosures
Standard stainless enclosures
are made from grade 304. For
a higher degree of stainless,
grade 316 can be specified.
To order, add -316 to Suffix
of 4HD standard catalogue
number.
Example: 4HD362-316 or
>200A 4HD365SS-316.
18. Left-Hand Operated
Safety Switch
Available from 30-200A
Heavy Duty, for applications
that require an operating
handle and door opening of
the left side of the enclosure.
To order, add Suffix LH to
the standard switch
catalogue number.
Example: 1HD364NFLH
Heavy Duty 3 pole, 600V,
200A, non-fusible, left hand
operated.
Additional Safety Switch
Flex/Satellite Centre
Design Offerings
-Left-hand design
(30–200A)
-Cover-mounted status
lights and selector
switches
-Integrated:
-Transient Voltage Surge
Suppression (TVSS)
-Current transformers
-Double-throw
receptacle switches
-200% neutrals
-Seam-welded
stainless steel
-Gang-operated kits:
-Mechanically interlocks
two or three separate
switches
-Integrated wattmeter
-Custom enclosures
-Double-throw switches
with windows
-316 grade stainless steel
-Breather/drains
-Voltage/phase monitor
Ampere Rating
400–600, GD
400–800, HD
Ampere
Rating
Switch
Type
30–100 HD, DT
200 HD
400 GD, HD
600 GD, HD
General-Duty Switches 200–600A,
Heavy-Duty 30–1200A
and
Double-Throw Switches 30–800A
Ampere
Rating Description
30–1200 1NO/1NC
2NO/2NC
Ampere
Rating
Switch
Type
30–1200 HD
30–200 DT
400–600 GD
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 15
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Air Condition Disconnects Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Product Description, Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Technical Data and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
General Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Air Condition Disconnects
Application Description
Typically used as an outdoor
motor disconnect for 240V
residential and 600V
commercial heating,
ventilating and air
conditioning applications. Per
Section 28-604(5) CEC Part 1,
“motor disconnecting means
for air-conditioning and
refrigeration equipment shall
be located within sight of and
within 3m of the equipment”.
Product Description
240Vac single phase 30A,
60A, and 600Vac three phase
30A, 40A, 60A, 80A,
horsepower rated motor
disconnects. Rugged 3R
outdoor rated padlockable
metallic enclosure, ANSI 61
(light grey) electrocoat finish.
CSA certified as a motor
disconnect.
Single Phase 2 Wire 240Vac
30, 60A.
-240Vac @10,000 amperes
rms short circuit rating
when protected by 60A
fuse or breaker
-Available in four designs.
-Standard pullout, fused,
and non fusible.
-Moulded case switch.
-For additional safe power
source,15A GFI receptacle
c/w pullout.
-Swing-up cover remains in
place when in the open
position. Cover can be
easily removed for wiring
and mounting. Cover snaps
into place and no screws
required. Includes
provision for padlocking.
3 ph 3 w 600Vac, 30A, 40A,
60A, 80A non-fusible motor
disconnect
-600Vac @ 65KA rms short
circuit rating when
protected by J fusing.
Applies to ‘B’ series,
effective March 2011, non
‘B’ series rated 10KA
-600V unit complies with
CEC rule 28-602(3)(b) and
are labelled “suitable for
motor disconnect.” cCSAus
approved
-For ease of wiring, din rail
mounted removable 600V
disconnect
-Versatile cable entry -
bottom, sides or back. Both
240V and 600Vac
Standards and Certifications
-240V meets C22.2 No.4
-600V meets C22.2 No.14,
“suitable for motor
disconnect”
-See page 16 for specific
catalogue number
certifications
16 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
240Vac HVAC Air Condition Disconnect
600Vac HVAC Air Condition Disconnect
Notes
a Hp ratings apply when time delay fuses used.
b Replacement pullout head 96-3258-4.
c cUL listed.
d c/w factory installed 15A GFI receptacle.
e c/w factory installed Moulded Case Switch.
f CSA certified
g “B” series effective March 2011, 600V @ 65kA rms when protected by J fuse on line side, otherwise 10ka rms.
h cCSAus (approved by CSA to CSA and UL standards).
Note: fusible disconnect not approved for service entrance.
System
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Horsepower Ratingsa
Type 3R Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC
120V 240V 240V 480V 600V
Two Pole, Two-Wire - 240Vac - Fusible - Pullout designb
30—3 ———3GAC221bc
60—10———3GAC222bc
Two Pole, Two-Wire - 240Vac - Non Fusible - Pullout designb
60—10———3GAC222NFbc
60—10———3GAC222NFGFbcd
Two Pole, Two-Wire - 240Vac - Non Fusible - Moulded Case Switchf
60—10———DPB222Ref
System
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Horsepower Ratingsa
Type 3R Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC
120V 240V 240V 480V 600V
Three Pole, Three-Wire - 600Vac - Non Fusible - Toggle design
30 — 3 7.5 15 20 3GAC361NFBgh
40 — 3 7.5 20 25 3GAC3640NFBgh
60 — 7.5 15 30 30 3GAC362NFBgh
80—102040403GAC3680NFBgh
3GAC222NF
DPB222R
3GAC362NFB
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 17
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Technical Data and Specifications for Air Condition Disconnects
Short-Circuit Ratings Terminal Capacity
240Vac Single Phase Pullout and Moulded Case Switch Design
600Vac Three Phase Toggle Design
a Fuse or Circuit Breaker utilized must have a minimum 10kA short circuit rating
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in inches/mm
240Vac Single Phase 1 phase - 2 wire
600Vac 3 phase - 3 wire
Ampere Rating
Short Circuit
Withstand/Voltage Upstream Protection Terminal Capacity
30 10kA @ 240V 30A max Fuse or Breakera#14 - #3 cu/al
60 10kA @ 240V 60A max Fuse or Breakera#14 - #3 cu/al
Ampere Rating
Short Circuit
Withstand/Voltage Upstream Protection Terminal Capacity
30 10kA @ 600V 60A max J Fuse #14 - #4
30 65kA @ 600V 30A max J Fuse #14 - #4
40 10kA @ 600V 60A max J Fuse #14 - #4
40 65kA @ 600V 30A max J Fuse #14 - #4
60 50kA @ 600V 100A max J Fuse #14 - #1
60 65kA @ 600V 60A max J Fuse #14 - #1
80 50kA @ 600V 100A max J Fuse #14 - #1
80 65kA @ 600V 60A max J Fuse #14 - #1
Ampere Rating Disconnect Type Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight lbs(kg)
30 Fusible 8.79 (223.4) 5.4 (137.16) 3.152 (80.1) 2.7 (1.23)
60 Fusible/
Non fusible
8.79 (223.4) 5.4 (137.16) 3.152 (80.1) 2.7 (1.23)
60 Non fusible with
moulded case switch
8.79 (223.4) 5.4 (137.16) 3.75 (95.25) 3.4 (1.5)
60 Non fusible with
15A GFI receptacle
11.63 (295.4) 6.63 (168.4) 4.44 (112.8) 8 (3.6)
Ampere Rating Disconnect Type Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Weight lbs(kg)
30 Non fusible toggle 8.79 (223.4) 5.4 (137.16) 3.75 (95.25) 3.8 (1.7)
40 Non fusible toggle 8.79 (223.4) 5.4 (137.16) 3.75 (95.25) 3.8 (1.7)
60 Non fusible toggle 8.79 (223.4) 5.4 (137.16) 3.75 (95.25) 4 (1.8)
80 Non fusible toggle 8.79 (223.4) 5.4 (137.16) 3.75 (95.25) 4 (1.8)
3.152
(80.1)
8.794
(223.37)
3.763
(95.58)
8.794
(223.37)
5.4
(137.16)
3 k/o's for 1/2" or 3/4"
4 k/o's for 1/2", 3/4" , 1" or 1-1/4" conduit
DPB222R
3GAC361NFB
3GAC3640NFB
3GAC362NFB
3GAC3680NFB
3GAC221
3GAC222
3GAC222NF
18 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
General-Duty Safety Switch - Cartridge Fuse Design Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Product Description, Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Technical Data and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
General Duty
Application Description
For residential and
commercial applications.
Suitable for light-duty motor
circuits and service entrance.
Product Description
-30–600A
-30A Plug type fusible 120V
and 120/240V
-30-60A 120/240V, fusible
cartridge type and non
fusible
-Fusible and non-fusible
switches. Single-pole
S/N through four-wire;
120/240, and 240 Vac
-Cartridge type general duty
switches are certified for
use on low voltage <60Vdc
circuits
-Solid neutral standard on
all fusible general duty
switches
-Fusible, cartridge type
suitable for service
entrance applications
-Type 1 and 3R enclosures
-Fusible and non-fusible
switches are 100% load
break and 100% load
make rated
-
The continuous load current
of fusible switches is not to
exceed 80% of the rating of
fuses employed in other
than motor circuits. Non-
fusible switches are 100%
continuous load rated
-200–600A features
K-Series design
-Horsepower rated
-Where applicable with
Class R, J, T fuses,
switches may be
used
on systems capable of
delivering
100,000A rms
symmetrical
-
Bolt-on hub provision.
Provided for general-duty
switches in a Type 3R
enclosure.
Note: Plug fuse switches are not
service entrance rated.
General-Duty Features (Cartridge
Fuse/Non Fusible type)
-Ample wire bending space
provides for easier
installation
-Visible double-break quick-
make, quick-break rotary
blade mechanism
-Side opening door on
all enclosures
-Mechanically interlocked
cover to prevent easy
access when the switch
is in the ON position
-
Clearly visible and accessible
neutral where applicable
-Visible ON/OFF indication
-Double padlocking
capability on 30–100A
-Triple padlocking capability
on 200–600A
-Additional door locking
capability
-Fusible suitable for service
entrance
Standards and Certifications
-CSA certified
File No. 69743
-Meets C22.2 No.4 for
enclosed switches
-ISO 9001:2008
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 19
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Product Selection
120/240 Vac General-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw (for screw type glass fuses)
Notes
a Maximum hp ratings apply only when dual element time delay fuses are used.
b These switches do not have an interlock that prevents door from being opened when switch is in the ON position.
c WARNING! Plug fuse GP switch is not approved for service entrance
System
Ampere
Rating
Fuse Type
Provision
Maximum Horsepower Ratings a
Type 1
Enclosure Indoor
Catalogue Number
Type 3R
Enclosure Rainproof
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
120V 240V 240V 250V
Plug Type—Two-Wire (One Blade, One Fuse, S/N)—120 Vacbc
30 Plug 1/2–2 — — — GP111N —
Plug Type—Three-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses, S/N)—120/240 Vacbc
30 Plug 1/2–2 1-1/2–3 — — GP121N —
GP121N
S/N
S/N
20 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
120/240 Vac General-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw, continued
120/240 Vac General-Duty, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw
Notes
a Maximum hp ratings apply only when dual element time delay fuses are used.
b Use three-wire catalogue numbers below.
All general-duty safety switches are individually packaged.
Accessories are limited in scope on general-duty safety switches. See Page 5 and 6 for selection. Clear line shields are available as an accessory
on 200–600A general-duty switches.
Note: For “J” fusing on General Duty 30-200A use Heavy Duty switch no modification available.
For “J” fusing on General Duty 400-600A, field modification required.
400A, reposition loadside fuse block to accept ‘J’ fuse.
600A, fuse kit adapter for ‘J’ fusing included with switch. For adaptation to “R” and “T” fusing see accessory page 5.
System
Ampere
Rating
Fuse Type
Provision
Maximum Horsepower Ratingsa
Type 1
Enclosure Indoor
Catalogue Number
Type 3R
Enclosure Rainproof
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
120V 240V 240V 250V
Cartridge Type—Three-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses, S/N)—120/240 Vac
30 H — 1-1/2–3 3–7-1/2 — CDG221NGB CDG221NRB
60 H — 3–10 7-1/2–15 — CDG222NGB CDG222NRB
100 H — 7-1/2–15 15–30 — CDG223NGB CDG223NRB
200 H — 15 25–60 — CDG224NGK CDG224NRK
400 H — — 50–125 50 G225N 3G225N
600 H — — 75–200 — G226N 3G226N
Cartridge Type—Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N)—120/240 Vac
30 H — 1-1/2–3 3–7-1/2 — CDG321NGB CDG321NRB
60 H — 3–10 7-1/2–15 — CDG322NGB CDG322NRB
100 H — 7-1/2–15 15–30 — CDG323NGB CDG323NRB
200 H — 15 25–60 — G324N 3G324N
400 H — — 50–125 — G325N 3G325N
600 H — — 75–200 — G326N 3G326N
System
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Horsepower Ratingsa
Type 1
Enclosure Indoor
Catalogue Number
Type 3R
Enclosure Rainproof
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
120V 240V 240V 250V
Two-Pole, Two-Wire (Two Blades)—240 Vac
30 2 3 — — CDG221UGBbCDG221URBb
60 3 10 — — CDG222UGBbCDG222URBb
100 — 15 — — — b— b
200 — — — — — b— b
Three-Pole, Three-Wire (Three Blades)—240 Vac
30 2 3 7-1/2 — CDG321UGB CDG321URB
60 3 10 15 — CDG322UGB CDG322URB
100 — 15 30 — CDG323UGB CDG323URB
200 — 15 60 — G324NF 3G324NF
400 — — 125 — G325NF 3G325NF
600 — — 200 — G326NF 3G326NF
CDG321NRB
S/N
S/N
CDG322URB
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 21
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Technical Data and Specifications for General Duty Switches
Short-Circuit Ratings Using Class “R”, “J” or “T” Fusing
Where Applicable
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
General Duty, Plug Fuse Type 120V, 120/240V, Single-,
Two-Pole Solid Neutral, Single-Throwb
General-Duty, Non-Fusible, 240V, Three-Pole, Single-Throwa
Type 1-3R 30–100A General-Duty
Non-Fusible and Fusible Single-Throwb
Notes
aDimensions are for estimating purposes only.
bFigure is not applicable to plug fuse design.
Terminal Capacity for General Duty 240V
Notes
Use neutral catalogue number when neutral not included with switch
All terminals are rating al/cu unless otherwise noted
For optional ground lug kits see page 5
General-Duty, Fusible (cartridge type), 240V,
Three-Pole Solid Neutral, Single-Throwa
Type 1-3R 200–600A General-Duty
Non-Fusible and Fusible Single-Throw
Ampere Rating
Voltage Ratings
Type 1 Type 3R
30 100k at 240 100k at 240
60 100k at 240 100k at 240
100 100k at 240 100k at 240
200 100k at 240 100k at 240
400 100k at 250 100k at 250
600 100k at 250 100k at 250
Ampere
Rating Height Width Depth
Weight
Lbs/(kg)
30 6.88 (174.8) 4.94 (125.5) 3.44 (87.4) 2(.9)
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 1
30 6.38 (162.1) 10.69 (271.5) 6.88 (174.8) 3.75 (95.2) 6 (2.724)
60 8.69 (220.7) 14.19 (360.4) 7.38 (187.5) 4.21 (106.9) 9 (4.086)
100 9.13 (231.9) 18.81 (477.8) 7.38 (187.5) 4.23 (107.4) 12 (5.448)
200 16.00 (406.4) 25.25 (641.4) 11.25 (285.8) 6.14 (156.0) 48 (21.792)
400 23.00 (584.2) 44.75 (1136.7) 12.63 (320.8) 7.27 (184.7) 100 (45.4)
600 24.00 (609.6) 52.25 (1327.2) 14.25 (362.0) 8.95 (227.3) 130 (59.02)
Type 3R
30 6.38 (162.1) 10.81 (274.6) 6.88 (174.8) 3.75 (95.2) 6 (2.724)
60 8.69 (220.7) 14.38 (365.3) 7.38 (187.5) 4.21 (106.9) 9 (4.086)
100 9.13 (231.9) 19.25 (489.0) 7.38 (187.5) 4.23 (107.4) 12 (5.448)
200 16.00 (406.4) 25.50 (647.7) 11.25 (285.8) 6.14 (156.0) 55 (24.97)
400 23.00 (584.2) 45.19 (1147.8) 12.63 (320.8) 7.27 (184.7) 105 (47.67)
600 24.00 (609.6) 52.70 (1338.6) 14.25 (362.0) 8.95 (227.3) 135 (61.29)
H
WD
D2
Ampere
Line/Load
(per phase) Ground
Neutral
Catalogue #
Neutral Terminal
Capacity
30 (GP type) #14 - #8 #14 - 4 — #14 - #8
30 #14 - #6 #14 - 4 DG030NB 3x #14 - #4
60 #14 - 1/0 #14 - 4 DG100NB 3x #14 - 1/0
100 #14 - 1/0 #14 - 4 DG100NB 3x #14 - 1/0
200 #6 - 250mcm #14 - 4 DG200NK 2x #6 - 250mcm AND
2x #14 - #2
400 (2) 1/0 - (2)300mcm
OR (1) 1/0 - 750mcm
#6 - 200mcm DS400NK 2x 1/0 - 750mcm OR
(2) 1/0 - (2)300mcm
AND 3x #6 - 250mcm
600 (1) #2 - 600mcm AND
(1) 1/0 - 750mcm
#6 - 200mcm DS600NK 2 x 1/0 - (1)750mcm
OR 1/0 - (2) 300mcm
AND 1 x #2 - 600mcm
AND 3 x #6 - 250mcm
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 1
30 6.38 (162.1) 10.69 (271.5) 6.88 (174.8) 3.75 (95.2) 6 (2.724)
60 8.69 (220.7) 14.19 (360.4) 7.38 (187.5) 4.21 (106.9) 10 (4.54)
100 9.13 (231.9) 18.81 (477.8) 7.38 (187.5) 4.23 (107.4) 14 (6.356)
200 16.00 (406.4) 24.75 (628.7) 11.25 (285.8) 6.14 (156.0) 48 (21.792)
400 23.00 (584.2) 44.75 (1136.7) 12.63 (320.8) 7.27 (184.7) 110 (49.94)
600 24.00 (609.6) 52.25 (1327.2) 14.25 (362.0) 8.95 (227.3) 145 (65.83)
Type 3R
30 6.38 (162.1) 10.81 (274.6) 6.88 (174.8) 3.75 (95.2) 6 (2.724)
60 8.69 (220.7) 14.38 (365.3) 7.38 (187.5) 4.21 (106.9) 10 (4.54)
100 9.13 (231.9) 19.25 (489.0) 7.38 (187.5) 4.23 (107.4) 14 (6.356)
200 16.00 (406.4) 25.50 (647.7) 11.25 (285.8) 6.14 (156.0) 55 (24.97)
400 23.00 (584.2) 45.19 (1147.8) 12.63 (320.8) 7.27 (184.7) 115 (52.21)
600 24.00 (609.6) 52.70 (1338.6) 14.25 (362.0) 8.95 (227.3) 150 (68.1)
W
H
C
L
D2
D
22 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Heavy-Duty Safety Switch Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Product Description, Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Technical Data and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Heavy-Duty
Application Description
For light to heavy commercial
and industrial applications.
Main service entrance,
branch and motor circuit
protection, disconnecting or
transferring to alternate
power source. Where reliable
performance and service
continuity are critical.
Product Description
-30–1200A
-600 Vac, 600 Vdc
maximum
-Horsepower rated
-Fusible and non-fusible
switches are 100% load
break and 100% load
make rated
-The continuous load
current of fusible switches
is not to exceed 80%
of the rating of fuses
employed in other than
motor circuits. Non-fusible
switches are 100%
continuous load rated
-Fusible switches suitable
for service entrance
applications unless
otherwise noted
-Enclosures, Type 1, 3R,
12/3R, 4 are painted steel
ANSI 61light grey
electrocoat. and 4X are
grade 304 stainless steel,
grade 316 available upon
request.
-For factory modifications,
refer to Pages 12
through 14
240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible,
Single-Throw
-30–1200A
-Horsepower rated
-Fusible switches suitable
for service entrance use,
except four-pole switches
-For accessories refer to
Pages 5 and 6
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible,
Single-Throw
-30–1200A
-Horsepower rated
-Suitable for service
entrance use, except four
pole switches.
Note: Must use suitable
ground fault protection @
1200 Ampere for service
entrance.
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible,
Single-Throw
-30–1200A
-Horsepower rated
-Not suitable for service
entrance per CEC
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 23
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Features, Benefits and Functions
-Visible double-break quick-
make, quick-break rotary
blade mechanism. Two
points of contact provide
a positive open and close,
easier operation, and
also help prevent contact
burning for longer
contact life
-Triple padlocking capability.
Personnel safety feature
since the large hasp can
accommodate up to three
3/8-inch (9.5 mm) shank
locks. Cabinet door can be
further padlocked at the
top and bottom
-Interlocking mechanism.
Door cannot be opened
when the handle is in the
ON position. Built-in
defeater mechanism
provides for user access
when necessary
-Deionizing arc chutes;
arc chutes confine and
suppress the arcs
produced by opening
contacts under load
-Mechanically interlocked
cover to prevent easy
access when the switch
is in the ON position
-Clear line shield with
probe holes
-Clearly visible palm fitting
red handle
-Tangential knockouts on
Type 1 and Type 3R
enclosures through 200A
-Built-in fuse pullers on
Type 4X and Type 12
enclosures through 200A
-Additional door locking
capability
-Complete accessory and
renewal parts data shown
on inner door label.
-30–1200A Type 12 designs
convertible to Type 3R by
opening factory-installed
drain hole
-30–1200A switches are
seismic qualified and
exceed the requirements
of the Uniform Building
CodeT (UBC) and California
Code Title 24
-Two points of contact
provide a positive
open and close, easier
operation, and also help
prevent contact burning
for longer contact life
Visible Double-Break Rotary
Blade Mechanism
-Protects against accidental
contact with energized
parts. Probe holes enable
the user to test if the line
side is energized without
removing the shield.
Clear Line Shield
-Provide easy removal
of fuses
Built-In Fuse Pullers (Type 12
and 4X 30–200A)
-The position (ON or OFF)
can be clearly seen from
a distance and the length
provides for easy operation
Clearly Visible Handle
-Personnel safety feature
since the large hasp can
accommodate up to
three 3/8-inch (9.5 mm)
shank locks
Triple Padlocking Capability
-Cabinet door can be further
padlocked at the top and
bottom as applicable
Additional Locking Capability
-Door cannot be opened
when the handle is in the
ON position. Front and
side operable defeater
mechanism provides
for user access when
necessary on single-
throw switches
Interlocking Mechanism
-An ample number are
provided on the top,
bottom and sides of both
NEMA Types 1 and 3R
enclosures through 200A
Tangential Knockouts
-For switches in a Type 3R,
30–200A. Use a Myers
type hub for all others
Bolt-On Hub Kits
-Type 12 and 4X 30-100A
have padlockable suitcase
latches vs screw type
latches.
Padlockable Suitcase Latches
Standards and Certifications
-CSA Certified File No.
69743
-Meets C22.2 No. 4 for
enclosed switches
-Refer to page 2 for
additional certifications
-ISO 9001:2008
24 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Product Selection
240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw, Fusible—Type 1, 3R
Notes
a Type 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet Type 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened.
b Contact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578) for availability of this product.
c Type 4x stainless steel enclosure.
d Type 4 painted steel enclosure.
Note: For ‘J’ Fusing on 240V Heavy Duty Switches Field Modification Required.
30-60 amperes not available.
100-400 amperes, reposition loadside fuse block to accept ‘J’ fuse.
600 amperes adapter kit included with switch.
For ‘R’ fuse rejector adapter kit and ‘T’ fusing see page 5 accessory application options.
System
Ampere
Rating
Fuse Type
Provision
Maximum Horsepower Ratings Type 1
Enclosure
Indoor
Catalogue
Number
Type 3R
Enclosure
Rainproof
Catalogue
Number
AC
DC
250V
Standard Fuse Time Delay
Single-Phase Three-Phase Single-Phase Three-Phase
Three-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses, S/N)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 5 1HD221N 3HD221N
60 H 3 7-1/2 10 15 10 1HD222N 3HD222N
100 H 7-1/2 15 15 30 20 1HD223N 3HD223N
200 H 15 25 15 60 40 1HD224N 3HD224N
400 H — 50 — 125 50 1HD225N 3HD225N
600 H — 75 — 200 — 1HD226N 3HD226N
800 L — 100 — — — 1HD227N 3HD227N
Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 5 1HD321N 3HD321N
60 H 3 7-1/2 10 15 10 1HD322N 3HD322N
100 H 7-1/2 15 15 30 20 1HD323N 3HD323N
200H15251560401HD324N 3HD324N
400 H — 50 — 125 50 1HD325N 3HD325N
600 H — 75 — 200 — 1HD326N 3HD326N
800 L — 100 — 250 — 1HD327N 3HD327N
1200 L — — — — — 1HD328N 3HD328N
Four-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H 3 3 10 7-1/2 5 1HD421 a
60 H 7-1/2 7-1/2 20 15 10 1HD422 a
100H15153030201HD423 a
200H30255060401HD424 a
400 H 50 50 — 125 50 1HD425 ab
600 H — 75 — 200 — 1HD426 ac
3HD221N
S/N
S/N
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 25
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw, Fusible—Type12/3Ra, 4Xc, and 4d
Notes
a Type 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened.
b Contact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578) for availability of this product.
c Type 4x stainless steel enclosure.
d Type 4 painted steel enclosure.
Note: For ‘J’ Fusing on 240V Heavy Duty Switches Field Modification Required.
30-60 amperes not available.
100-400 amperes, reposition loadside fuse block to accept ‘J’ fuse.
600 amperes adapter kit included with switch.
For ‘R’ fuse rejector adapter kit and ‘T’ fusing see page 5 accessory application options.
System
Ampere
Rating
Fuse Type
Provision
Maximum Horsepower Ratings Type 12/3Ra
Enclosure
Dust-Tight
Catalogue
Number
Type 4X and 4cd
Enclosure
Watertight
Catalogue
Number
AC
DC
250V
Standard Fuse Time Delay
Single-Phase Three-Phase Single-Phase Three-Phase
Three-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses, S/N)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 5 12HD221N a4HD221N c
60 H 3 7-1/2 10 15 10 12HD222N a4HD222N c
100 H 7-1/2 15 15 30 20 12HD223N a4HD223N c
200 H 15 25 15 60 40 12HD224N a4HD224N c
400 H — 50 — 125 50 12HD225N a4HD225NSS c
400 H — 50 — 125 50 — 4HD225N
d
600 H — 75 — 200 — 12HD226N a4HD226NSS c
600 H — 75 — 200 — — 4HD226N
d
800 L — 100 — 250 — 12HD227N a4HD227NSS c
800 L — 100 — 250 — — 4HD227N
d
Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 5 12HD321N a4HD321N c
60 H 3 7-1/2 10 15 10 12HD322N a4HD322N c
100 H 7-1/2 15 15 30 20 12HD323N a4HD323N c
200H152515604012HD324N a4HD324N c
400 H — 50 — 125 50 12HD325N a4HD325NSS c
400 H — 50 — 125 50 — 4HD325N
d
600 H — 75 — 200 — 12HD326N a4HD326NSS c
600 H — 75 — 200 — — 4HD326N
d
800 L — 100 — 250 — 12HD327N a 4HD327NSS c
800 L — 100 — 250 — — 4HD327N
d
1200 L — — — — — 12HD328N a4HD328NSS c
1200 L — — — — — — 4HD328N
d
Four-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H 3 3 10 7-1/2 5 12HD421F ab
60 H 7-1/2 7-1/2 20 15 10 12HD422F ab
100H151530302012HD423F ab
200H302550604012HD424F ab
400 H 50 50 — 125 50 bb
400 H 50 50 — 125 50 bb
600 H — 75 — 200 — bb
600 H — 75 — 200 — bb
S/N
S/N
26 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw, 277/480–600V—Type 1, 3R
Notes
a Type 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet Type 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened.
b DC rating for 800A switches is 250V.
c Contact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578) for availability of this product.
d Ratings are for two-phase AC.
e Must use suitable ground fault protection @1200A for service entrance.
f Type 4X stainless steel enclosure.
g Type 4 painted steel enclosure.
Note: For ‘J’ Fusing on 600V Heavy Duty Switches Field Modification Required.
30-60 ampere reposition clips on loadside of fuse base..
100-400 amperes, reposition loadside fuse base.
600 amperes adapter kit included with switch.
For ‘R’ fuse rejector adapter kit and ‘T’ fusing see page 5 accessory application options.
System
Ampere
Rating
Fuse Class
Provision
Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses Type 1
Enclosure
Indoor
Catalogue Number
Type 3R
Enclosure
Rainproof
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
480V 600V 480V 600V 250V 600V
Two-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac or Vdc b (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed)
30 H 7-1/2 10 — — — 15 1HD261 3HD261
60 H 20 25 — — — 25 1HD262 3HD262
100 H 30 40 — — 20 25 1HD263 3HD263
200 H 50 50 — — — 50 1HD264 3HD264
400 H — — — — 50 — 1HD265 3HD265
600 H — — — — — — 1HD266 3HD266
800 L — — — — — — 1HD267 b3HD267 b
1200 L — — — — — — cc
Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed)
30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — 1HD361 3HD361
60 H 20253050——1HD362 3HD362
100H 30406075——1HD363 3HD363
200 H 50 50 125 150 — — 1HD364 3HD364
400 H — — 250 350 — — 1HD365 3HD365
600 H — — 400 500 — — 1HD366 3HD366
800 L — — 500 500 — — 1HD367 3HD367
1200 L — — 500 500 — — 1HD368 e3HD368 e
Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N) 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — 1HD361N 3HD361N
60 H 20253050——1HD362N 3HD362N
100H 30406075——1HD363N 3HD363N
200 H 50 50 125 150 — — 1HD364N 3HD364N
400 H — — 250 350 — — 1HD365N 3HD365N
600 H — — 400 500 — — 1HD366N 3HD366N
800 L — — 500 500 — — 1HD367N 3HD367N
1200 L — — 500 500 — — 1HD368N e3HD368N e
Four-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H 20 d25 d15 20 — — 1HD461 3HD461
60 H 40 d50 d30 50 — — 1HD462 3HD462
100 H 50 d50 d60 75 — — 1HD463 3HD463
200 H — — 125 150 40 — 1HD464 3HD464
400 H — — 250 350 50 — 1HD465 3HD465
600 H — — 400 500 — — 1HD466 3HD466
800 L — — — — — — cc
3HD362N
S/N
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 27
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw, 277/480–600V—Type 12/3Ra, 4Xf and 4g
See NOTES listed on Page 26.
System
Ampere
Rating
Fuse Class
Provision
Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses Type 12/3Ra
Enclosure
Dust-Tight
Catalogue Number
Type 4Xf and 4g
Enclosure
Watertight,
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
480V 600V 480V 600V 250V 600V
Two-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac or Vdcb (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed)
30 H 7-1/2 10 — — — 15 12HD261 a4HD261 f
60 H 20 25 — — — 25 12HD262 a4HD262 f
100 H 30 40 — — 20 25 12HD263 a4HD263 f
200 H 50 50 — — — 50 12HD264 a4HD264 f
400 H — — — — 50 — 12HD265 a4HD265SS f
400 H — — — — 50 — — 4HD265 g
600 H — — — — — — 12HD266 a4HD266SS f
600 H — — — — — — — 4HD266 g
800 L — — — — — — 12HD267 ab 4HD267SS f
800 L — — — — — — — 4HD267 g
1200 L — — — — — — ec ec
Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed)
30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — 12HD361 a4HD361 f
60 H 20253050——12HD362 a4HD362 f
100H 30406075——12HD363 a4HD363 f
200 H 50 50 125 150 — — 12HD364 a4HD364 f
400 H — — 250 350 — — 12HD365 a4HD365SS f
400 H — — 250 350 — — — 4HD365 g
600 H — — 400 500 — — 12HD366 a4HD366SS f
600 H — — 400 500 — — — 4HD366 g
800 L — — 500 500 — — 12HD367 a4HD367SS f
800 L — — 500 500 — — — 4HD367 g
1200 L — — 500 500 — — 12HD368 ae 4HD368SS fe
1200 L — — 500 500 — — — 4HD368 eg
Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N) 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — 12HD361N a4HD361N f
60 H 20253050——12HD362N a4HD362N f
100H 30406075——12HD363N a4HD363N f
200 H 50 50 125 150 — — 12HD364N a4HD364N f
400 H — — 250 350 — — 12HD365N a4HD365NSS f
400 H — — 250 350 — — — 4HD365N g
600 H — — 400 500 — — 12HD366N a4HD366NSS f
600 H — — 400 500 — — — 4HD366N g
800 L — — 500 500 — — 12HD367N a4HD367NSS f
800 L — — 500 500 — — — 4HD367N g
1200 L — — 500 500 — — 12HD368N ae ec
1200 L — — 500 500 — — — ec
Four-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H 20 e25 e15 20 — — 12HD461 a 4HD461 f
60 H 40 e50 e30 50 — — 12HD462 a 4HD462 f
100 H 50 e50 e60 75 — — 12HD463 a4HD463 f
200 H — — 125 150 40 — 12HD464 a4HD464 f
400 H — — 250 350 50 — 12HD456 ac
600 H — — 400 500 — — 12HD466 ac
12HD361
S/N
28 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw, 277/480–600V—Type 1, 3R
Notes
a Type 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet Type 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened.
b DC rating for 800A switches is 250V.
c Contact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578) for availability of this product.
d Ratings are for two-phase AC.
e Type 4X stainless steel enclosure.
f Type 4 painted steel enclosure.
System
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Horsepower Ratings Type 1
Enclosure
Indoor
Catalogue
Number
Type 3Ra
Enclosure
Rainproof
Catalogue
Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
240V 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V 250V 600V
Two-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac or Vdc b
30 3 7-1/2 10 — — — — 15 1HD261NF 3HD261NF
60 10 20 25 — — — — 25 1HD262NF 3HD262NF
100 20 30 40 — — — 20 25 1HD263NF 3HD263NF
200 15 50 50 — — — — 50 1HD264NF 3HD264NF
400 — — — — — — 50 — 1HD265NF 3HD265NF
600 ————————1HD266NF 3HD266NF
800 ————————1HD267NF b3HD267NF b
1200 — — — — — — — — cc
Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 3 7-1/2 10 10 20 30 5 — 1HD361NF 3HD361NF
60 10 20 25 20 50 60 10 — 1HD362NF 3HD362NF
100 20 40 50 40 75 100 20 — 1HD363NF 3HD363NF
200 15 50 50 60 125 150 40 — 1HD364NF 3HD364NF
40 — — — 125 250 350 50 — 1HD365NF 3HD365NF
600 — — — 200 400 500 — — 1HD366NF 3HD366NF
800 — — — — 500 500 — — 1HD367NF 3HD367NF
1200 — — — — 500 500 — — 1HD368NF 3HD368NF
Four-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 10 d20 d25 d10 20 30 5 — 1HD461NF 3HD461NF
60 20 d40 d50 d20 50 60 10 — 1HD462NF 3HD462NF
100 40 d50 d50 d40 75 100 20 — 1HD463NF 3HD463NF
200 50 d50 d50 d60 125 150 40 — 1HD464NF 3HD464NF
400 50 d— — 125 250 350 50 — 1HD465NF c
600 — — — 200 400 500 — — 1HD466NF c
800 ————————bc bc
1HD362NF
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 29
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw, 277/480–600V—Type 12/3Ra, 4Xe and 4f
Notes
a Type 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet Type 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened.
b DC rating for 800A switches is 250V.
c Contact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578) for availability of this product.
d Ratings are for two-phase AC.
e Type 4X stainless steel enclosure.
f Type 4 painted steel enclosure.
System
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Type 12/3R
Enclosure
Dust-Tight
Catalogue Number
Type 4Xe and 4f
Enclosure
Watertight,
Painted Steel
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
240V 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V 250V 600V
Two-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac or Vdc b
30 3 7-1/2 10 — — — 5 15 12HD261NF a4HD261NF e
60 10 20 25 — — — 10 25 12HD262NF a4HD262NF e
100 20 30 40 — — — 20 25 12HD263NF a4HD263NF e
200 15 50 50 — — — 40 50 12HD264NF a4HD264NF e
400 ——————50 —12HD265NF a4HD265NFSS e
400 ——————50 —— 4HD265NF f
600 ————————12HD266NF a4HD266NFSS e
600 ————————— 4HD266NF f
800 ————————12HD267NF ab 4HD267NFSS e
800 ————————— 4HD267NF f
1200 — — — — — — — — cc
Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 3 7-1/2 10 10 20 30 5 — 12HD361NF a4HD361NF e
60 10 20 25 20 50 60 10 — 12HD362NF a4HD362NF e
100 20 40 50 40 75 100 20 — 12HD363NF a4HD363NF e
200 15 50 50 60 125 150 40 — 12HD364NF a4HD364NF e
400 — — — 125 250 350 50 — 12HD365NF a4HD365NFSS e
400 — — — 125 250 350 50 — — 4HD365NF f
600 — — — 200 400 500 — — 12HD366NF a4HD366NFSS e
600 — — — 200 400 500 — — — 4HD366NF f
800 — — — — 500 500 — — 12HD367NF a4HD367NFSS e
800 — — — — 500 500 — — — 4HD367NF f
1200 — — — — 500 500 — — 12HD368NF a4HD368NFSS e
1200 — — — — 500 500 — — — 4HD368NF f
Four-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 10 e20 e25 e10 20 30 5 — 12HD461NF a4HD461NF e
60 20 e40 e50 e20 50 60 10 — 12HD462NF a4HD462NF e
100 40 e50 e50 e40 75 100 20 — 12HD463NF a4HD463NF e
200 50 e50 e50 e60 125 150 40 — 12HD464NF a4HD464NF e
400 50 e— — 125 250 350 50 — ac —
600 — — — 200 400 500 — — ac —
800 ————————abc —
30 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Technical Data and Specifications for 2, 3, 4 Pole Heavy Duty
Short-Circuit Ratings Using Class “R”, “J” or “T” Fusing
Where Applicable
Note
Class “H” fuse clips supplied as standard for 30–600A. Class “L” fuse clips supplied as standard
for 800–1200A. Rated at 10,000 rms symmetrical when using Class “H” fuses.
For DC application short circuit rating is 10KA.
Fuse Class Adaptation
Note: For ‘J’ Fusing on 240V Heavy Duty Switches Field Modification Required.
30-60 amperes not available.
100-400 amperes, reposition loadside fuse block to accept ‘J’ fuse.
600 amperes adapter kit included with switch.
For ‘R’ fuse rejector adapter kit and ‘T’ fuse adapter kit see accessory options on page 5.
Note: For ‘J’ fusing on 600V Heavy Duty Switches Field Modification Required.
30-60 amperes, reposition fuse clips on loadside of fuse base.
100-400 amperes, reposition loadside fuse block to accept ‘J’ fuse.
600 amperes adapter kit included with switch.
For ‘R’ fuse rejector adapter kit and ‘T’ fusing see page 5 accessory application options.
Terminal Capacity for Heavy Duty Safety Switch 600V Max
Note
* Order neutral catalogue number when neutral required and not included with switch.
All terminals are rating al/cu unless otherwise noted.
Ground terminal is standard on all switches. For optional ground lug kits or copper lug kits see
page 5 and 6.
UL/CSA Recognized Non-Fusible Safety Switch/Circuit
Breaker Series-Connected Ratings
Eaton 30-200A non fusible safety switch withstand ratings
when protected with circuit breakers
Ampere
Rating
Voltage Ratings
Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 Type 4 and 4X
30 200k at 600 200k at 600 200k at 600 200k at 600
60 200k at 600 200k at 600 200k at 600 200k at 600
100 200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 600 200k at 600
200 200k at 600 200k at 600 200k at 600 200k at 600
400 200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
600 200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
800 200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
1200 200k at 600 200k at 600 200k at 600 200k at 600
Standard Fuse
Class Clips
Supplied with
Switch
Adaptable to Accept the Following Fuse Class
Safety Switch
Type R J T
Heavy Duty H 30-600A
L 800-1200A
30A-600A 240V-100-600A
600V-30-600A
200A-800A
1200A
Ampere
Line/Load Terminal
Capacity (per phase)
Ground
terminal
Capacity
Neutral
Catalogue #
Neutral Terminal
Capacity
30 #14 - #2 #14 - 4 DH030NK 4x #14 - #2
60 #14 - #2 #14 - 4 DH030NK 4x #14 - #2
100 #14 - 1/0 #14 - 4 DH100NK 2x #14-#2 AND
2x #14 - 1/0
200 (Type 1
& 3R)
#6 - 250mcm #14 - 4 N200 2x #6 - 250mcm AND
2x #14 - #2
200 (Type
12 & 4X)
#6 - 300mcm #14 - #4 DH200NK 2x #6 - 300mcm AND
2x #14 - #2
400 (2) 1/0 - (2)300mcm
OR (1) 1/0 - 750mcm
#6 - 250mcm DS400NK 2X 1/0 - 750mcm OR
(2)1/0 - (2)300mcm
AND 3x#6 - 250mcm
600
(1) #2 - 600mcm AN
D
(1) 1/0 - 750mcm
#6 - 250mcm DS600NK 2 x 1/0 - (1)750mcm
OR 1/0 - (2) 300mcm
AND 1 x #2 - 600mcm
AND 3 x #6 - 250mcm
800 (4) 3/0 - (4)750mcm #6 - 250mcm DS800NK 2 X (4)3/0 - (4)750mcm
AND 3 x #6 - 250mcm
1200 (4) 1/0 - (4)750mcm #6 - 250mcm DS800NK 2 X (4)3/0 - (4)750mcm
AND 3 x #6 - 250mcm
Non-Fusible
Safety Switch
Ampere Rating
Max System
Voltage AC
Number of Poles
Switched
Maximum fault level
available at upstream
circuit breaker (kA
RMS symmetrical)
Circuit Breaker
Frame(s)
30A & 60A 600 2, 3, 4, 6 25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, EGH
2, 3, 4, 6 18,000 FD, EGE
2, 3, 4, 6 14,000 FDB
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
100A 600 2, 3, 4, 6 25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, EGH
2, 3, 4, 6 18,000 FD, EGE
2, 3, 4, 6 14,000 FDB
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
480 2, 3, 4, 6 35,000 EGH, EGS
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
200A 600 2, 3, 4, 6 25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, HJD,
JGH
2, 3, 4, 6 18,000 FD, JD, JGE
2, 3, 4, 6 14,000 FDB
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
480 2, 3, 4, 6 65,000 HFD, HFDE, HJD,JGH
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 31
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Note: Dimensions are for estimating purposes only.
Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, 600V, Three-Pole, Single-Throw
Type 1-3R Heavy-Duty 30–1200A
Heavy-Duty, Fusible, 240V and 600V, Three-Pole
with or without Neutral, Single-Throw
Note
aType 12 enclosures (30-1200A) can be field modified to meet type 3R rainproof requirements
when factory provided drain hole is opened.
Type 4, 4X and 12 Heavy-Duty 30–1200A a
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 1, 3R
30 8.13 (206.5) 15.88 (403.4) 9.89 (251.3) 5.25 (133.3) 16 (7.264)
60 8.13 (206.5) 15.88 (403.4) 9.89 (251.3) 5.25 (133.3) 16 (7.264)
100 11.13 (282.7) 21.69 (550.9) 9.89 (251.3) 5.25 (133.3) 22 (9.988)
200 15.91 (404) 27.63 (701.8) 11.25 (285.8) 6.14 (156.0) 46 (20.884)
400 22.66 (576) 44.31 (1125) 12.39 (315) 7.27 (184.7) 110 (49.94)
600 23.66 (601) 51.82 (1316) 14.07 (357) 8.95 (227.3) 135 (61.29)
800 25.38 (644.7) 56.24 (1428) 14.07 (357) 8.95 (227.3) 158 (71.732)
1200 40.00 (1016) 70.31 (1785.9) 19.94 (506.5) 12.44 (316.0) 430 (195.22)
Type 12, 4 Painted Steel, 4X Stainless Steel a
30 8.76 (222.5) 14.14 (359) 10.22 (259) 5.50 (139.7) 17 (7.718)
60 8.76 (222.5) 14.14 (359) 10.22 (259) 5.50 (139.7) 17 (7.718)
100 11.79 (299.5) 25.00 (634) 10.22 (259) 5.50 (139.7) 28 (12.712)
200 16.54 (421) 35.38 (899) 11.63 (295) 6.44 (163.6) 55 (24.97)
400 24.12 (613) 57.47 (1460) 12.43 (316) 7.19 (182.6) 125 (56.75)
600 25.08 (637) 63.00 (1600.2) 14.25 (362.0) 8.88 (225.6) 167 (75.818)
800 26.34 (669) 71.75 (1822.5) 14.25 (362.0) 8.88 (225.6) 175 (79.45)
1200 41.47 (1053.3) 73.77 (1874) 19.99 (506.5) 13.51 (343.2) 475 (215.65)
W
H
C
L
D2
D
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 1, 3R
30 8.13 (206.5) 15.88 (403.4) 9.89 (251.3) 5.25 (133.3) 20 (9.08)
60 8.13 (206.5) 15.88 (403.4) 9.89 (251.3) 5.25 (133.3) 20 (9.08)
100 11.13 (282.7) 21.69 (550.9) 9.89 (251.3) 5.25 (133.3) 27 (12.258)
200 15.91 (404) 27.63 (701.8) 11.25 (285.8) 6.14 (156.0) 52 (23.608)
400 22.66 (576) 44.31 (1125) 12.39 (315) 7.27 (184.7) 120 (54.48)
600 23.66 (601) 51.82 (1316) 14.07 (357) 8.95 (227.3) 135 (61.29)
800 25.38 (644.7) 56.24 (1428) 14.07 (357) 8.95 (227.3) 168 (76.272)
1200 40.00 (1016) 70.31 (1785.9) 19.94 (506.5) 12.44 (316.0) 465 (211.11)
Type 12, 4 Painted Steel, 4X Stainless Steel a
30 8.76 (222.5) 19.08 (485) 10.22 (259) 5.50 (139.7) 22 (9.988)
60 8.76 (222.5) 19.08 (485) 10.22 (259) 5.50 (139.7) 22 (9.988)
100 11.79 (299.5) 25.00 (634) 10.22 (259) 5.50 (139.7) 30 (13.62)
200 16.54 (421) 35.38 (899) 11.63 (295) 6.44 (163.6) 61 (27.694)
400 24.12 (613) 57.47 (1460) 12.43 (316) 7.19 (182.6) 135 (61.29)
600 25.08 (637) 63.00 (1600.2) 14.25 (362.0) 8.88 (225.6) 203 (92.162)
800 26.34 (669) 71.75 (1822.5) 14.25 (362.0) 8.88 (225.6) 213 (96.702)
1200 41.47 (1053.3) 73.77 (1874) 19.99 (506.5) 13.51 (343.2) 510 (231.54)
D
W
C
L
H
D2
32 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Six-Pole Motor Circuit Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Product Description, Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Technical Data and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Six-Pole Switches
Application Description
A compact safety switch
that’s ideal for use in heavy
industry...when an “in sight”
disconnecting means is
required for two-speed
motors, reversing motors, or
two motors separately fed.
Product Description
-600 Vac, 250 Vdc
maximum - fusible
-600Vac, 600Vdc maximum
- non fusible
-30–200A
-Fusible or non-fusible
-Enclosure Type 12/3R
Painted Steel and 4X
Stainless Steel
Features, Benefits
and Functions
-Suitcase-type latches keep
the cover tightly closed and
a neoprene gasket seals
out moisture and dust from
the switch assembly
-Visible double-break quick-
make, quick-break rotary
blade mechanism. Two
points of contact provide
a positive open and close,
easier operation, and
also help prevent contact
burning for longer
contact life
-Clear line shield protection
-Built-in fuse pullers
-Clearly visible handle
-Triple padlocking capability;
cabinet door can be
further padlocked at the
top and bottom
-Deionizing arc chutes;
arc chutes confine and
suppress the arcs
produced by opening
contacts under load
-For factory modifications,
refer to Pages 12
through 14
-For accessories refer to
Pages 5 and 6
Standards and Certifications
-CSA Certified File No.
69473
-Meets C22.2 No. 4
standard for enclosed
switches.
-ISO 9001:2008
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 33
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Product Selection
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Six-Pole, Single-Throw
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Six-Pole, Single-Throw
Notes
a Type12 enclosures (30–800A) can be field modified to meet Type 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened.
b Contact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578) for availability of this product.
c 600 Vdc rating requires that the switch be wired per the wiring diagram on the device publication.
When control pole accessory required or custom enclosure required, contact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578)
Add ‘W’ to catalogue number suffix for window version.
Note: For ‘J’ Fusing on 6-Pole 600V Heavy Duty Switches Field Modification Required.
30-60 amperes not available to convert.
60 amperes must order DS26JK adapter kit.
100-200 amperes reposition loadside fuse base to accept ‘J’ fuse.
System
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Horsepower Ratings,
Three-Phase AC
(Higher Rating with Time Delay Fuses) Three-Phase DC Type 12/3R Enclosurea
Dust-Tight
Catalogue Number
Type 4X Enclosure
Corrosion-Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number240V 480V 600V 250V
600 Vac with Fuse Clips—250 Vdc
30 3–7-1/2 5–15 7-1/2–20 5 12HD661 ab
60 7-1/2–15 15–30 15–50 10 12HD662 ab
100 15–30 25–60 30–75 20 12HD663 ab
200 25–60 50–125 60–150 40 12HD664 ab
System
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Type 12/3R Enclosurea
Dust-Tight
Catalogue Number
Type 4X Enclosure
Corrosion-Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number
Three-Phase AC Three-Phase DC
240V 480V 600V 250V 600V c
600 Vac—250 Vdc
30 10 20 30 5 15 c12HD661NF a4HD661NF
60 20 50 60 10 25 c12HD662NF a4HD662NF
100 40 75 100 20 25 c12HD663NF a4HD663NF
200 60 125 150 40 50 c12HD664NF a4HD664NF
12DH661NF
34 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Technical Data and Specifications for 6 Pole Heavy Duty
Short-Circuit Ratings Using Class “R”, “J” or “T” Fusing
Where Applicable
Note
Class “H” fuse clips supplied as standard for 30–200A. Rated at 10,000 rms symmetrical when
using Class “H” fuses.
Fuse Class Adaptation
Note
For ‘J’ Fusing on 6-Pole 600V Heavy Duty Switch, Field Modification Required
30 amperes not available to convert
60 amperes must order DS26JK adapter kit
100-200 amperes reposition loadside fuse base to accept ‘J’ fuse
For ‘R’ fuse rejector adapter kits, and ‘T’ class adapter kits see accessories page 5
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Note: Dimensions are for estimating purposes only.
Heavy-Duty 6 pole Type 12 Enclosurea
Heavy-Duty 6 pole Non-Fusible Type 4X Enclosure
Notes
aType 12 enclosures can be field modified to meet 3R rainproof rating when factory provided
drain hole opened.
For 6 pole switch with window, 30, 60A same dimensions as 100A
UL/CSA Recognized Non-Fusible Safety Switch/Circuit
Breaker Series-Connected Ratings
Eaton 30-200A non fusible safety switch withstand ratings
when protected with circuit breakers
Type 12, 4X - 6 pole 30–200Aa
Terminal Capacity for Heavy Duty Safety Switch 6 pole 600V Max
Note
* Order neutral catalogue number when neutral required and not included with switch.
All terminals are rating al/cu unless otherwise noted.
Ground terminal is standard on all switches. For optional ground lug kits or copper lug kits see
page 5 and 6
Ampere
Rating
Voltage Ratings
Type 12 Type 4 and 4X
30 200k at 600 200k at 600
60 200k at 600 200k at 600
100 200k at 600 200k at 600
200 200k at 600 200k at 600
Standard Fuse
Class Clips
Supplied with
Switch
Adaptable to Accept the Following Fuse Class
Safety Switch
Type R J T
Heavy Duty 6 Pole H30A-200A 60A-200A 200A
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Fusible
30 12.88 (327) 19.08 (485) 10.22 (259) 5.5 (140) 30 (13.6)
60 12.88 (327) 19.08 (485) 10.22 (259) 5.5 (140) 30 (13.6)
100 16.13 (410) 24.95 (634) 10.22 (259) 5.5 (140) 40 (18.2)
200 24.16 (614) 35.38 (899) 11.63 (295) 6.44 (164) 65 (29.5)
Non Fusible
30 12.88 (327) 19.8 (485) 10.22 (259) 5.5 (140) 28 (12.7)
60 12.88 (327) 19.8 (485) 10.22 (259) 5.5 (140) 28 (12.7)
100 16.13 (410) 24.95 (634) 10.22 (259) 5.5 (140) 37 (16.6)
200 24.16 (614) 35.38 (899) 11.63 (295) 6.44 (164) 62 (28.1)
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
30 16.13 (410) 18.95 (481) 10.22 (259) 5.5 (140) 28 (12.7)
60 16.13 (410) 18.95 (481) 10.22 (259) 5.5 (140) 28 (12.7)
100 16.13 (410) 18.95 (481) 10.22 (259) 5.5 (140) 35 (15.9)
200 24.16 (614) 35.38 (899) 11.63 (295) 6.44 (164) 65 (29.5)
Non-Fusible
Safety Switch
Ampere Rating
Max System
Voltage AC
Number of
Poles Switched
Maximum fault level
available at upstream
circuit breaker (kA
RMS symmetrical)
Circuit Breaker
Frame(s)
30A & 60A 600 2, 3, 4, 6 25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, EGH
2, 3, 4, 6 18,000 FD, EGE
2, 3, 4, 6 14,000 FDB
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
100A 600 2, 3, 4, 6 25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, EGH
2, 3, 4, 6 18,000 FD, EGE
2, 3, 4, 6 14,000 FDB
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
480 2, 3, 4, 6 35,000 EGH, EGS
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
200A 600 2, 3, 4, 6 25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, HJD,
JGH
2, 3, 4, 6 18,000 FD, JD, JGE
2, 3, 4, 6 14,000 FDB
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
480 2, 3, 4, 6 65,000 HFD, HFDE, HJD,JGH
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
Ampere
Line/Load Terminal
Capacity (per phase)
Ground
terminal
Capacity
Neutral
Catalogue #
Neutral Terminal
Capacity
30 #14 - #2 #14 - 4 DH030NK 4x #14 - #2
60 #14 - #2 #14 - 4 DH030NK 4x #14 - #2
100 #14 - 1/0 #14 - 4 DH100NK 2x #14-#2 AND
2x #14 - 1/0
200 (type 12
& 4X)
#6 - 300mcm #14 - 4 DH200NK 2x #6 - 300mcm AND
2x #14 - #2
W
D
H
D2
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 35
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Heavy Duty Non-fusible Double-Throw Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Product Description, Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Technical Data and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Double-Throw Switches
Application Description
Used to manually transfer a
load from one power source
to an alternate source, or to
connect a single source of
power to either of two
different loads.
Product Description
-30–1200A
-Horsepower rated
-600 Vac, 250 Vdc
maximum
-2, 3, 4, 6 pole designs
available
-Enclosures type 1, 3R, 12,
4, painted steel and 4X
stainless steel
-800–1200A fusible utilize
common set of fuses; two
Source 1 load applications
-Fusible or non-fusible
-Fusible and non-fusible
switches are 100% load
break and 100% load
make rated
-Suitable for use on
systems capable of
delivering 100,000 rms
symmetrical fault current
when used with class J, R,
or T fuses.
-The handle operating
mechanism actuates either
the upper or lower switch.
When the handle is in the
centre position, both
switches are OFF.
-
The handle and door are
interlocked to keep the door
closed when a switch is ON
and hold the handle OFF
when the door is open
-The continuous load
current of fusible switches
is not to exceed 80% of
the rating of fuses
employed in other than
motor circuits. Non-fusible
switches are 100%
continuous duty rated
-Double throw switches are
not approved for service
entrance in Canada, per
CEC and C22.2 No.4.
-Wiring configuration from
factory allows a single load
to be supplied by a normal
or alternate source. Can be
field modified to allow two
loads to be alternately
supplied by a single
power source
-Clear line shield (provided
on fusible double-throw)
protects against accidental
contact with energized
parts. Probe holes enable
the user to test if the line
side is energized without
removing the shield
-For accessories, refer to
Pages 5 and 6
-Window option available
for type 12 and 4X
enclosures
-For factory modifications
refer to Pages 12 through
14
-Same heavy duty features
per page 23 for double
throw switches, unless
noted.
-Triple padlocking capability.
Two on door and up to
three 3/8” shank locks in
‘OFF’ (centre) handle
position. Special
modification available for
locking in ‘ON’ position,
see page 12 note 4.
Standards and Certifications
-CSA Certified File No.
69473
-Meets C22.2 No. 4
standard for enclosed
switches.
-ISO 9001:2008
36 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Double-Throw
240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Double-Throw
Notes
aOnly available for use with fast-acting fuses. Standard hp rating is shown.
bContact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578) for availability of this product.
Note
For ‘J’ Fusing on 240V @ 30A, 60A, 100A, 400A, 600A not available.
For ‘J’ Fusing on 240V @ 200A reposition loadside fuse block to accept J fusing.
Ampere Rating
Main and Standby
Fuse Class
Provision
Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses Type 1
Enclosure
Indoor
Catalogue Number
Type 3R
Enclosure
Rainproof
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
240V 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V 250V
Two-Pole—240 Vac—250 Vdc
200 H 15 — — — — — 40 1DT224 3DT224
Three-Pole—240 Vac—250 Vdc
30 H 3 — — 7-1/2 — — 5 1DT321 3DT321
60 H 10 — — 15 — — 10 1DT322 3DT322
100 H 15 — — 30 — — 20 1DT323 3DT323
200 H 15 — — 60 — — 40 1DT324 3DT324
400 H — — — 125 — — 50 1DT325 3DT325
600 aT — — — 50 — — 50 1DT326 3DT326
800 T ———————DT327FGK DT327FRK
1200 T — — — — — — — DT328FGK DT328FRK
Ampere Rating
Main and Standby
Maximum Horsepower Ratings Type 1
Enclosure
Indoor
Catalogue Number
Type 3R
Enclosure
Rainproof
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
240V 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V 250V
Two-Pole—240 Vac—250 Vdc
30 3 — — — — — 5 1DT221NF 3DT221NF
60 10 — — — — — 10 1DT222NF 3DT222NF
100 20 — — — — — 20 1DT223NF 3DT223NF
200 15 — — — — — 40 1DT224NF 3DT224NF
400 — — — — — — 50 1DT225NF 3DT225NF
600 — — — — — — — 1DT226NF 3DT226NF
800 — — — — — — — bb
1200 — — — — — — — bb
Three-Pole—240 Vac—250 Vdc
30 3 ——10 ——51DT321NF 3DT321NF
60 10 — — 20 — — 10 1DT322NF 3DT322NF
100 20 — — 40 — — 20 1DT323NF 3DT323NF
200 15 — — 60 — — 40 1DT324NF 3DT324NF
400 — — — 125 — — 50 1DT325NF 3DT325NF
600 — — — 125 — — 50 1DT326NF 3DT326NF
800 — — — 125 — — 50 1DT327NF 3DT327NF
800 — — — 125 — — 50 1DT327NF-N 3DT327NF-N
1200 — — — 125 — — 50 bb
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 37
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Double-Throw
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Double-Throw
Notes
a Contact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578) for availability of this product.
b Rated 600 Vdc, 50 hp in addition to ratings shown in table.
c Type 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet Type 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened.
d 30-200A, stainless steel 4X standard, 400-800A Type 4 painted steel standard. For stainless @ 400-1200A add ‘SS’ to catalogue number suffix.
Note: For ‘J’ Fusing on 600V DT, 30, 60, 100, 600A not available..
For 200A reposition loadside fuse base to accept J fuse.
For 400A order DT400JK.
For applications with bonded generators, switched neutrals required, for 240V use 3 pole switch, for 600V use 4 pole switch, for factory installation of
solid or switched neutrals refer to page 13.
For window option see factory modifications pages 12-14.
Ampere
Rating
Main and
Standby
Fuse
Class
Provision
Maximum Horsepower Ratings
with Time Delay Fuses Type 1
Enclosure
Indoor
Catalogue Number
Type 3R
Enclosure
Rainproof
Catalogue Number
Type 12 c
Enclosure
Dust-Tight
Catalogue Number
Type 4X Enclosured
Corrosion-Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase
AC
Three-Phase
AC DC
480V 600V 480V 600V 250V
Three-Pole—600 Vac—250 Vdc
30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — 1DT361 3DT361 aa
60 H 20 25 30 50 — 1DT362 3DT362 aa
100 H 30 40 60 75 — 1DT363 3DT363 aa
200 H 50 50 125 150 40 1DT364 3DT364 aa
400 T — — 250 350 50 1DT365 3DT365 aad
600 T — — — — — 1DT366 3DT366 aad
800 T — — — — — DT367FGK DT367FRK aad
1200 L — — — — — DT368FGK DT368FRK —ad
Ampere
Rating
Main and
Standby
Maximum Horsepower Ratings Type 1
Enclosure
Indoor
Catalogue Number
Type 3R
Enclosure
Rainproof
Catalogue Number
Type 12 c
Enclosure
Dust-Tight
Catalogue Number
Type 4X Enclosured
Corrosion-Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
480V 600V 480V 600V 250V
Two-Pole—600 Vac—250 Vdc
30 7-1/2 10 — — 5 1DT261NF 3DT261NF aa
60 20 25 — — 10 1DT262NF 3DT262NF aa
100 40 50 — — 20 1DT263NF 3DT263NF aa
200 50 50 — — 40 1DT264NF b3DT264NF baa
400 — — — — 50 1DT265NF 3DT265NF aad
600 — — — — 50 1DT266NF 3DT266NF aad
800 — — — — 50 DT267UGK DT267URK aad
1200 — — — — 50 DT268UGK DT268URK —ad
Three-Pole—600 Vac—250 Vdc
30 7-1/2 10 20 30 5 1DT361NF 3DT361NF 12DT361NF 4DT361NF
60 20 25 50 60 10 1DT362NF 3DT362NF 12DT362NF 4DT362NF
100 40 50 75 100 20 1DT363NF 3DT363NF 12DT363NF 4DT363NF
200 50 50 125 150 40 1DT364NF 3DT364NF 12DT364NF 4DT364NF
400 — — 250 350 50 1DT365NF 3DT365NF 12DT365NF ad
600 — — 250 350 50 1DT366NF 3DT366NF ac ad
800 — — 250 350 50 1DT367NF 3DT367NF ac ad
800 — — 250 350 50 1DT367NF-N 3DT367NF-N ac ad
1200 — — 250 350 50 DT368UGK DT368URK —ad
1DT363
3DT363NF
38 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Double-Throw
Notes
a Field installable neutral kit is not available. If a neutral is required, order the catalogue number shown in the table add “N” suffix.
b Contact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578) for availability of this product.
c Type 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet Type 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened.
d 30-200A stainless steel 4X standard, 400-800A Type 4 painted steel standard. For stainless @ 400-800A add ‘SS’ to catalogue number suffix.
Ampere
Rating
Main and
Standby
Maximum Horsepower Ratings Type 1
Enclosure
Indoor
Catalogue Number
Type 3R
Enclosure
Rainproof
Catalogue Number
Type 12 c
Enclosure
Industrial, Dust-Tight
Catalogue Number
Type 4X Enclosure
Corrosion-Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
480V 600V 480V 600V 250V
Four-Pole—600 Vac—250 Vdc a
30 7-1/2 10 20 30 5 1DT461NF 3DT461NF bb
60 20 25 50 60 10 1DT462NF 3DT462NF bb
100 40 50 75 100 20 1DT463NF 3DT463NF bb
200 — 50 125 150 40 1DT464NF 3DT464NF bb
400 — — 250 350 50 1DT465NF bb d
600 — — 250 350 50 1DT466NF bb d
800 — — 250 350 50 1DT467NF bb d
Six-Pole—600 Vac—250 Vdc a
30 7-1/2 10 15 30 5 1DT661NF 3DT661NF bb
60 20 25 50 60 10 1DT662NF 3DT662NF bb
100 40 50 75 100 20 1DT663NF 3DT663NF bb
3DT363NF
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 39
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Technical Data and Specifications for Double Throw Switches
Typical Fusible, Double-Throw Schematic Diagram
Typical Non-Fusible, Double-Throw Schematic Diagram
Short-Circuit Ratings Using Class “R”, “J” or “T” Fusing
Where Applicable
Fuse Class Adaptation
Note
For ‘J’ Fusing on 600V DT, 30, 60, 100, 600A, not available.
For ‘J’ Fusing on 200A reposition loadside fuse base.
For ‘J’ fuse on 400A order DT400JK
For ‘R’ fuse rejector adapter kits, and ‘T’ class adapter kits see accessories page 5
For ‘J’ Fusing on 240V 30, 60, 100, 400, 600A not available
For ‘J’ Fusing on 200A reposition loadside fuse block to accept J fuse
Terminal Capacity for Heavy Duty Double Throw
Safety Switch 600V Max
Notes
a Order neutral catalogue number when neutral required and not included with switch.
All terminals are rating al/cu unless otherwise noted.
Ground terminal is standard on all switches. For optional ground lug kits or copper lug kits see
page 5 and 7.
Ampere
Rating
Voltage Ratings
Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 Type 4 and 4X
30 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600
60 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600
100 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600
200 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600
400 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600
600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600
800 100k at 600 100k at 600 — —
1200 100k at 600 100k at 600 — —
Fusible Three-Pole
Two Sources
Fusible Three-
Pole Two Loads
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
S/N
Non-Fusible Three-
Pole Two Sources
or Two Loads
Non-Fusible Three-
Pole Two Sources
or Two Loads
Standard Fuse Class Clips
Supplied with Switch
Adaptable to Accept the Following
Fuse Class
Safety Switch Type R J
Double Throw H 30-200A
T 240V - 600A - 1200A
T 600V - 400A - 800A
L 600V - 1200A
30A-400A 240V 200A Only
600V 200A-400A
Only
Ampere
Line/Load Terminal
Capacity (per phase)
Ground
terminal
Capacity
Neutral
Catalogue # a
Neutral Terminal
Capacity
30 #14 - #2 #14 - 4 DT100NK 1x #14 - #2 AND
3x #14 - #2
60 #14 - #2 #14 - 4 DT100NK 1x #14 - #2 AND
3x #14 - #2
100 #14 - 1/0 #14 - 4 DT100NK 1x #14 - #2 AND
3x #14 - #2
200 #6 - 250mcm #14 - 4 DT200NK 3x #6 - 250mcm AND
1x #14 - #2
400 (non
fusible)
(2) 1/0 - (2)300mcm
OR (1) 1/0 - 750mcm
#6 - 250mcm DT400NK 7x #6 - 250mcm
400
(fusible)
(2) 1/0 - (2)300mcm
OR (1) 1/0 - 750mcm
#6 - 250mcm DS800NK 2x (4)3/0 - (4)750mcm
AND 3x #6 - 250mcm
600 (non
fusible)
(2)250mcm -
(2)500mcm
#6 - 250mcm DT600NK 6x 250mcm - 500mcm
AND 1x #6 - 250mcm
600
(fusible)
(1) #2 - 600mcm AND
(1)1/0 - 750mcm
#6 - 250mcm DS800NK 2x (4)3/0 - (4)750mcm
AND 3 x #6 - 250mcm
800 (3)250mcm -
(3)500mcm
#6 - 250mcm DT800NK 3x (3) 250mcm -
(3) 500mcm
1200 (4) 1/0 - (4)750mcm #6 - 250mcm DT1200NK 3x (4)1/0 - (4)750mcm
40 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, 240V and 600V, Two and
Three-Pole, Double-Throw
Heavy-Duty, Fusible, 240V and 600V, Three-Pole,
Double-Throw
Type 1-3R Double-Throw 30–1200A
Type 12-4X Double-Throw 30–1200A
Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, 600V, Four and Six-Polea,
Double-Throw
Notes
Six pole dimensions listed 30, 60, 100A only.
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 1, 3R
30 11.94 (303.3) 24.63 (625.6) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 34 (15)
60 11.94 (303.3) 24.63 (625.6) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 34 (15)
100 11.94 (303.3) 24.63 (625.6) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 34 (15)
200 19.56 (496.8) 37.38 (949.5) 11.25 (285.8) 6.10 (154.9) 80 (36)
400 23.13 (587.5) 53.81 (1366.8) 12.50 (317.5) 7.25 (184.2) 130 (59)
600 24.13 (612.9) 63.31 (1608.1) 14.13 (358.9) 8.88 (225.6) 160 (73)
800 24.13 (612.9) 63.31 (1608.1) 14.13 (358.9) 8.88 (225.6) 175 (79)
1200 42.62 (1082.5) 78.11 (1984.0) 25.62 (650.7) 20.47 (519.9) 471(214)
Type 12, 4X Stainless Steel, 4 Painted Steel >200A
30 12.00 (304.8) 25.88 (657.4) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 60 (27)
60 12.00 (304.8) 25.88 (657.4) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 60 (27)
100 12.00 (304.8) 25.88 (657.4) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 60 (27)
200 19.50 (495.3) 41.00 (1041.4) 11.63 (295.4) 6.48 (164.6) 105 (48)
400 23.05 (587) 57.48 (1460) 12.5 (317) 7.25 (184.2) 135 (61)
600 24.07 (612) 67.02 (1702) 14.05 (357) 8.88 (225.6) 180 (82)
800 24.07 (612) 67.02 (1702) 14.05 (357) 8.88 (225.6) 200 (91)
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 1, 3R
30 11.94 (303.3) 36.63 (930.4) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 44 (20)
60 11.94 (303.3) 36.63 (930.4) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 44 (20)
100 11.94 (303.3) 36.63 (930.4) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 44 (20)
200 19.56 (496.8) 50.88 (1292.4) 11.25 (285.8) 6.10 (154.9) 95 (43)
400 25.38 (644.7) 74.75 (1898.7) 14.13 (358.9) 8.88 (225.6) 195 (89)
600 27.44 (697.0) 86.13 (2187.7) 14.13 (358.9) 8.88 (225.6) 230 (104)
800 28.12 (714.2) 58.86 (1495.0) 25.62 (650.7) 20.47 (519.9) 277(126)
1200 42.62 (1082.5) 78.11 (1984.0) 25.62 (650.7) 20.47 (519.9) 501(228)
Type 12, 4X Stainless Steel, 4 Painted Steel >200A
30 12.00 (304.8) 39.81 (1011.2) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 45 (20)
60 12.00 (304.8) 39.81 (1011.2) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 45 (20)
100 12.00 (304.8) 39.81 (1011.2) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 45 (20)
200 19.56 (496.8) 55.63 (1413.0) 11.63 (295.4) 6.46 (164.1) 100 (45)
400 25.32 (643) 77 (1956) 14.05 (357) 8.92 (226) —
600 25.32 (643) 77 (1956) 14.05 (357) 8.92 (226) —
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 1, 3R
30 17.75 (451) 24.63 (625) 9.88 (251.0) 5.28 (134) 45 (20.5)
60 17.75 (451) 24.63 (625) 9.88 (251.0) 5.28 (134) 45 (20.5)
100 17.75 (451) 24.63 (625) 9.88 (251.0) 5.28 (134) 45 (20.5)
200 19.50 (497) 37.25 (946) 11.25 (285.8) 6.10 (155) 95 (43)
400 27.50 (697) 63.31 (1608) 14.13 (358.9) 8.88 (226) 160 (72.6)
600 27.50 (697) 63.31 (1608) 14.13 (358.9) 8.88 (226) 185 (84)
800 27.50 (697) 63.31 (1608) 14.13 (358.9) 8.88 (226) 185 (84)
W
C
L
C
C
H
D
D2
W
H
D
D2
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 41
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
EnviroLine/Stainless Steel Switch Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Product Description, Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Technical Data and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Heavy Duty Window Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch
Application Description
Primarily for use in high
moisture or corrosive
environments. Applications
where water is frequently
used to hose down
equipment. ie. food
processing, farm industry,
fisheries, rendering plants.
In addition to the Type 4X
standard stainless steel
enclosure, the Enviroline
operating mechanism,
backpan and springs are all
stainless, and all hardware is
grade 316 stainless.
Product Description
-30–400A
-240V fusible
-600V fusible and non
fusible
-Type 4X stainless steel
enclosure
-Interior operating
mechanism, backpan and
springs are stainless steel
-All hardware grade 316
stainless
-Horsepower rated
-100% load make/break
rated
-The continuous load
current of fusible switches
is not to exceed 80% of
the rating of fuses
employed in other than
motor circuits. Non-fusible
switches are 100%
continuous duty rated
-Current carrying parts are
not stainless steel
Features
-Stainless steel enclosure
(304 grade)
-Stainless steel interior
operating mechanism (304
grade)
-Fusible switch suitable for
service entrance use when
neutral installed
-Similar features as Heavy
Duty design
-Visible double-break quick-
make, quick-break rotary
blade mechanism. Two
points of contact provide a
positive open and close,
easier operation, and also
help prevent contact
burning for longer contact
life
-Clear line shield protection
-Triple padlocking capability
plus additional locking at
the door top and bottom
-For accessories refer to
page 5 and 6
-For factory modifications
refer to pages 12-14.
Standards and Certifications
-CSA certified File No. 69743
-Meets C22.2 No.4
standard for enclosed
switches
-ISO 9001:2008
42 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Product Selection
240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw Stainless Steel Enclosure and Operating Mechanism
Notes
See page 30 for technical data and specifications, page 31 for dimensions, pages 5 and 6 for accessories, pages 12 to 14 for factory modifications.
For fuse adaptation refer to page 30.
System
Ampere
Rating
Fuse
Class
Provision
Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses
DC
250V
Type 4X Enclosure
Corrosion-Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number
AC
Standard Fuse Time Delay
Single-Phase Three-Phase Single-Phase Three-Phase
Three-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses, S/N), 240 Vac—250 Vdc
30 H 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 5 CDH221NWKX
60 H 3 7-1/2 10 15 10 CDH222NWKX
100 H 7-1/2 15 15 30 20 CDH223NWKX
200 H 15 25 15 60 40 CDH224NWKX
400 H — 50 — 125 50 CDH225NWKX
Three-Pole, 240 Vac—250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed)
30 H 1-1/2 3 — 7-1/2 — CDH321FWKX
60 H 3 7-1/2 — 15 — CDH322FWKX
100 H — — — — — CDH323FWKX
200 H 15 25 — 60 40 CDH324FWKX
400 H — 50 — 125 50 CDH325FWKX
Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N), 240 Vac—250 Vdc
30 H — 3 — 7-1/2 — CDH321NWKX
60 H — 7-1/2 — 15 — CDH322NWKX
100 H — 15 — 30 20 CDH323NWKX
200 H — 25 — 60 — CDH324NWKX
400 H — 50 — 125 50 CDH325NWKX
CDH321NWKX
S/N
S/N
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 43
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible 277/480-600V,
Single-Throw Stainless Steel Enclosure and Operating Mechanism
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw Stainless Steel Enclosure and Operating Mechanism
Notes
-DC rating for 400A switch is 250V.
-See Heavy Duty Switch page 30 for technical data and specifications, page 31 for dimensions, pages 5 and 6 for accessories, pages 12 to 14 for factory modifications.
See page 13 item 6 for optional window. For fuse adaptation refer to page 30.
System
Ampere
Rating
Fuse
Class
Provision
Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses Type 4X Enclosure
Corrosion-Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
480V 600V 480V 600V 250V 600V
Two-Pole, 480 Vac—600 Vac or Vdc a (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed)
30 H 7-1/2 10 — — — 15 CDH261FWKX
60 H —————25CDH262FWKX
100 H —————25CDH263FWKX
200 H 50 50 — — — 50 CDH264FWKX
400 H ————50—CDH265FWKX
Three-Pole, 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed)
30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — CDH361FWKX
60 H 20253050——CDH362FWKX
100H 30306075——CDH363FWKX
200 H 50 50 125 150 — — CDH364FWKX
400 H — — 250 350 — — CDH365FWKX
Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N) 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 H 7-1/2 10 20 30 — — CDH361NWKX
60 H 20255060——CDH362NWKX
100 H 40 50 75 100 — — CDH363NWKX
200 H 50 50 125 150 — — CDH364NWKX
400 H — — 250 350 — — CDH365NWKX
System
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Horsepower Ratings Type 4X Enclosure
Corrosion-Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
480V 600V 480V 600V 250V 600V
Three-Pole, 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30 7-1/2 10 20 30 5 — CDH361UWKX
60 20 25 50 60 10 — CDH362UWKX
100 40 50 75 100 20 — CDH363UWKX
200 50 50 125 150 40 — CDH364UWKX
400 — — 250 350 50 — CDH365UWKX
CDH361UWKX
S/N
44 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Heavy Duty/Window Switch Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Product Description, Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Technical Data and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Heavy Duty Window Switches
Application Description
Typically used but not limited
to industrial applications such
as mining, forestry, saw mills,
steel mills. Recommended
for any application where
verification of the blade
contact status is required
without opening the door of
the switch.
Product Description
-Available on type 12 and 4
painted steel and 4X
stainless steel heavy duty
switches
-30–1200Ampere
-30-60A full window design
provides visible blade and
blown fuse verification
-100A-1200A window
design provides visible
blade verification
-Fusible and non-fusible
-Also available on double
throw, receptacle
switches, 6 pole, and
enviroline switches
-Windows are constructed
from tempered safety
glass.
-30-100A field replaceable
window kit available
(effective August 2003)
-Fusible switches with
neutral installed suitable
for service entrance
Features & Benefits
-Full range offering
30A–1200A
-Tempered safety glass,
resists scratching, fading
and blistering
-Large full window at 30 &
60A, provides unrestricted
view without opening the
door of the switch
-Visible blade indication
-Fuse presence,
condition and type
-Better visibility in low
light or restricted areas
-Benefits operator safety
-Labour savings
-Field replaceable window
kit for 30-100Ampere
-Type 12 enclosure can be
field converted to 3R
Standards and Certifications
-CSA certified File No. 69743
-Meets C22.2 No.4
standard for enclosed
switches
-ISO 9001:2008
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 45
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Product Selection
240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible Single-Throw with Viewing Window
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible Single-Throw with Viewing Window
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible Single-Throw with Viewing Window
Notes
a For two-pole applications, use outside poles of three-pole switch.
b Type 12 enclosures (30–800A) can be field modified to meet Type 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened.
c Contact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578) for availability of this product.
Effective August 2003, 30–100A window switches offer visible blade verification and blown fuse indication in a single design as shown in the photos.The window is field
replaceable 30-100A. Higher ampere ratings will continue to be manufactured with a non-replaceable epoxy affixed design with visible blade verification only.
System
Ampere
Rating
Fuse
Class
Provision
Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses
Type 12 b
Enclosure
Dust-Tight
Catalogue
Number
Type 4
Enclosure
Watertight,
Painted Steel
Catalogue
Number
Type 4X
Enclosure
Corrosion-
Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue
Number
AC
DC
250V
Standard Fuse Time Delay
Single-
Phase
Three-
Phase
Single-
Phase
Three-
Phase
Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N), 240 Vac—250 Vdc a
30 H — 3 — 7-1/2 — 12HD321NW b—4HD321NW
60 H — 7-1/2 — 15 — 12HD322NW b—4HD322NW
100 H — 15 — 30 20 12HD323NW b—4HD323NW
200 H — 25 — 60 40 12HD324NW b—4HD324NW
400 H — 50 — 125 50 12HD325NW b4HD325NW 4HD325NWSS
600 H — 75 — 200 — 12HD326NW b4HD326NW 4HD326NWSS
800 L — 100 — 250 — 12HD327NW b4HD327NW 4HD327NWSS
1200 L — — — — — ccc
System
Ampere
Rating
Fuse
Class
Provision
Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses Type 12 b
Enclosure
Industrial,
Dust-Tight
Catalogue
Number
Type 4
Enclosure
Watertight,
Painted Steel
Catalogue
Number
Type 4X Enclosure
Corrosion-
Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue
Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC
DC
250V
600V480V 600V 480V 600V
Three Pole (Three Blades, Three Fuses), 600 Vac—250 Vdc a
30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — 12HD361W b—4HD361W
60 H 20 25 30 50 — 12HD362W b—4HD362W
100 H 30 40 60 75 — 12HD363W b—4HD363W
200 H 50 50 125 150 — 12HD364W b—4HD364W
400 H — — 250 350 — 12HD365W b4HD365W 4HD365WSS
600 H — — 400 500 — 12HD366W b4HD366W 4HD366WSS
800 L — — 500 500 — 12HD367W b4HD367W 4HD367WSS
1200 L — — — — — ccc
System
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Type 12 Enclosure b
Dust-Tight
Catalogue Number
Type 4 Enclosure
Watertight,
Painted Steel
Catalogue Number
Type 4X Enclosure
Corrosion-Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC
480V 600V 480V 600V 250V 600V
Three-Pole—600 Vac, 250 Vdc a (Not Suitable for Service Entrance)
30 7-1/2 10 20 30 5 — 12HD361NFW b—4HD361NFW
60 20 25 50 60 10 — 12HD362NFW b—4HD362NFW
100 40 50 75 100 20 — 12HD363NFW b—4HD363NFW
200 50 50 125 150 40 — 12HD364NFW b—4HD364NFW
400 — — 250 350 50 — 12HD365NFW b4HD365NFW 4HD365NFWSS
600 — — 400 500 — — 12HD366NFW b4HD366NFW 4HD366NFWSS
800 — — 500 500 — — 12HD367NFW b4HD367NFW 4HD367NFWSS
1200 — — — — — — ccc
12HD361W
S/N
4HD361NFW
46 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Technical Data and Specifications for Heavy Duty Window Switch
Short-Circuit Ratings Using Class “R”, “J” or “T” Fusing
Where Applicable
Note
Class “H” fuse clips supplied as standard for 30–600A. Class “L” fuse clips supplied as standard
for 800–1200A. Rated at 10,000 rms symmetrical when using Class “H” fuses.
Fuse Class Adaptation
Note: For ‘J’ Fusing on 240V Heavy Duty Switches Field Modification Required.
30-60 amperes not available.
100-400 amperes, reposition loadside fuse block to accept ‘J’ fuse.
600 amperes adapter kit included with switch.
For ‘R’ fuse rejector adapter kit and ‘T’ fuse adapter kit see accessory options on page 5.
Note: For ‘J’ fusing on 600V Heavy Duty Switches Field Modification Required.
30-60 amperes, reposition fuse clips on loadside of fuse base.
100-400 amperes, reposition loadside fuse block to accept ‘J’ fuse.
600 amperes adapter kit included with switch.
For ‘R’ fuse rejector adapter kit and ‘T’ fusing see page 5 accessory application options.
Window Replacement Kit (for 30-100A switches built
after August 2003)
UL/CSA Recognized Non-Fusible Safety Switch/Circuit
Breaker Series-Connected Ratings
Eaton 30-200A non fusible safety switch withstand ratings
when protected with circuit breakers
Ampere
Rating
Voltage Ratings
Type 12 Type 4 and 4X
30 200k at 600 200k at 600
60 200k at 600 200k at 600
100 200k at 600 200k at 600
200 200k at 600 200k at 600
400 200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
600 200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
800 200k at 480
100k at 600
200k at 480
100k at 600
1200 200k at 600 200k at 600
Adaptable to Accept the Following Fuse Class
Safety Switch
Type
Standard Fuse
Class Clips
Supplied with
Switch R J T
Heavy Duty H 30-600A
L 800-1200A
30A-600A 240V 100-600A
600V 30-600A
200A 800A
1200A
30-60A Type 12, 4X 70-8564
100A Type 12, 4X 70-8564-3
30-60A Enviroline 70-8564-2
100A Enviroline 70-8564-4
Non-Fusible
Safety Switch
Ampere Rating
Max System
Voltage AC
Number of
Poles Switched
Maximum fault level
available at upstream
circuit breaker (kA
RMS symmetrical)
Circuit Breaker
Frame(s)
30A & 60A 600 2, 3, 4, 6 25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, EGH
2, 3, 4, 6 18,000 FD, EGE
2, 3, 4, 6 14,000 FDB
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
100A 600 2, 3, 4, 6 25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, EGH
2, 3, 4, 6 18,000 FD, EGE
2, 3, 4, 6 14,000 FDB
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
480 2, 3, 4, 6 35,000 EGH, EGS
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
200A 600 2, 3, 4, 6 25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, HJD,
JGH
2, 3, 4, 6 18,000 FD, JD, JGE
2, 3, 4, 6 14,000 FDB
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
480 2, 3, 4, 6 65,000 HFD, HFDE, HJD,JGH
2, 3, 4, 6 10,000 Any manufacturer or
Eaton breaker type
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 47
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Note: Dimensions are for estimating purposes only.
Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, 600V, Three-Pole, Single-Throw
with Window
Note:
For 6 pole switches with windows, refer to page 40 for dimensions - NOTE 30, 60A same as
100A dimensions
For DT (Double Throw) switches with windows refer to page 40 for dimensions.
Type 12 enclosures (30-1200A) can be field modified to meet Type 3R rainproof requirements
when factory provided drain hole is opened.
Type 12, 4X 30–60A
Type 12, 4X 100A
Type 12, 4/4X 200A Type 12, 4/4X 400A - 800A
Heavy-Duty, Fusible, 240V and 600V, Three-Pole
Single-Throw, with Window
Terminal Capacity for Heavy Duty Safety Switch 600V Max
Note
* Order neutral catalogue number when neutral required and not included with switch.
All terminals are rating al/cu unless otherwise noted.
Ground terminal is standard on all switches. For optional ground lug kits or copper lug kits see
page 5 and 6
Type 12, 4/4X 1200A
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
30 8.8 (224) 19.08 (485) 11.44 (291) 6.30 (160) 18 (8.18)
60 8.8 (224) 19.08 (485) 11.44 (291) 6.30 (160) 18 (8.18)
100 11.84 (301) 24.95 (634) 11.44 (291) 6.30 (160) 30 (13.64)
200 16.95 (430) 35.38 (899) 11.63 (295) 6.44 (164) 55 (24.97)
400 24.12 (612) 57.47(1460) 12.43 (316) 7.19 (183) 125 (56.75)
600 25.12 (638) 63.00 (1600) 13.92 (353) 8.91 (226) 167 (75.82)
800 25.34 (644) 71.75 (1823) 13.92 (353) 8.91 (226) 175 (79.45)
1200 41.47 (1053) 73.77 (1874) 20 (508) 13.50 (343) 519 (231.54)
W
D
H
D2
WD
H
D2
WD
H
D2
WD
H
D2
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
30 8.8 (224) 19.08 (485) 11.44 (291) 6.30 (160) 18 (8.18)
60 8.8 (224) 19.08 (485) 11.44 (291) 6.30 (160) 18 (8.18)
100 11.84 (301) 24.95 (634) 11.44 (291) 6.30 (160) 30 (13.64)
200 16.95 (430) 35.38 (899) 11.63 (295) 6.44 (164) 55 (24.97)
400 24.12 (612) 57.47(1460) 12.43 (316) 7.19 (183) 125 (56.75)
600 25.12 (638) 63.00 (1600) 13.92 (353) 8.91 (226) 167 (75.82)
800 25.34 (644) 71.75 (1823) 13.92 (353) 8.91 (226) 175 (79.45)
1200 41.47 (1053) 73.77 (1874) 20 (508)) 13.50 (343) 519 (231.54)
Ampere
Line/Load Terminal
Capacity (per phase)
Ground
Terminal
Capacity
Neutral
Catalogue #
Neutral Terminal
Capacity
30 #14 - #2 #14 - 4 DH030NK 4x #14 - #2
60 #14 - #2 #14 - 4 DH030NK 4x #14 - #2
100 #14 - 1/0 #14 - 4 DH100NK 2x #14-#2 AND
2x #14 - 1/0
200 (Type
12 & 4X)
#6 - 300mcm #14 - #4 DH200NK 2x #6 - 300mcm AND
2x #14 - #2
400 (2) 1/0 - (2)300mcm
OR (1) 1/0 - 750mcm
#6 - 250mcm DS400NK 2X 1/0 - 750mcm OR
(2)1/0 - (2)300mcm
AND 3x#6 - 250mcm
600
(1) #2 - 600mcm AN
D
(1) 1/0 - 750mcm
#6 - 250mcm DS600NK 2 x 1/0 - (1)750mcm
OR 1/0 - (2) 300mcm
AND 1 x #2 - 600mcm
AND 3 x #6 - 250mcm
800 (4) 3/0 - (4)750mcm #6 - 250mcm DS800NK 2 X (4)3/0 - (4)750mcm
AND 3 x #6 - 250mcm
1200 (4) 1/0 - (4)750mcm #6 - 250mcm DS800NK 2 X (4)3/0 - (4)750mcm
AND 3 x #6 - 250mcm
WD
H
D2
48 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Pin & Sleeve Type Receptacle Switch Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Product Description, Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Technical Data and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Pin & Sleeve Receptacle Switches
Application Description
These switches are used with
pin & sleeve type power
plugs for portable power
applications such as welders,
infrared ovens, batch feeders,
conveyors, truck and marine
docks.
Product Description
These heavy-duty switches
are pre-wired and interlocked
to polarized receptacles for
three-phase, three-wire,
grounded type power plugs.
Referred as 3W4P (4th pole
used for grounding).
Receptacles are interlocked
to the handle mechanism so
that power plugs may not be
inserted or removed when
the switch is in the ON
position.
-30–100A
-600Vac
-Fusible and non-fusible
-Type 12/3R painted steel,
4X stainless enclosure and
receptacle rating
-200A and 400A
receptacles available
upon request - Note 200A
and 400A not mechanically
interlocked
-Utilizes 3W 4P Style 2
Powertite®, Arktite®, or
Max-Gard® series pin and
sleeve receptacles
-Windows available upon
request
-3W 3P receptacles
available upon request
-Receptacles with a 22.5
degree interior rotation
available upon request
-Receptacles with reverse
contacts available upon
request
-Power plugs not supplied
with the receptacle
Standards and Certifications
-CSA certified File No. 69743
-Meets C22.2 No.4
standard for enclosed
switches
-ISO - 9001:2008
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 49
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Product Selection
600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Single-Throw with Pin & Sleeve Type Receptacle, Fusible, Non-Fusible
Safety Switch 3PH 3W with Pin and Sleeve Type Receptacle 3W4P, 600 Volt Single Throw—Fusible
Safety Switch 3PH 3W with Pin and Sleeve Type Receptacle 3W4P, 600 Volt Single Throw—Non-Fusible
Notes
a Power plugs are not included with switch and not available through Eaton.
b Type 12 enclosures can be field modified to meet Type 3R rainproof rating when factory provided drain hole is opened.
c Contact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578) for availability of this product.
For viewing window add ‘W’ to suffix of catalogue number.
Ampere Rating Type 12 Enclosure
Dustight
Catalogue Numberb
Type 4X Enclosure
Corrosion Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue NumberSwitch Receptacle
Maximum Horsepower Rating
with Time Delay Fuses Power Pluga
Crouse-Hinds ARKTITE® Receptacle
30 30 20 12HD361CHR 4HD361CHR
Accepts Crouse-Hinds
APJ3485
60 60 50 12HD362CHR 4HD362CHR APJ6485
100 100 75 12HD363CHR 4HD363CHR APJ10487
Appleton POWERTITE® Receptacle
30 30 20 12HD361AER 4HD361AER
Accepts Appleton
ACP3034BC
60 60 50 12HD362AER 4HD362AER ACP6034BC
100 100 75 12HD363AER 4HD363AER ACP1034CD
M-R-S (Russellstoll) MAX-GARD® Receptacle
30 30 20 12HD361RSRccAccepts Russellstoll
DS3404MP
60 60 50 12HD362RSRccDS6404MP
100 100 75 12HD363RSRccDS1404MP
Ampere Rating
Maximum Horsepower Rating
with Time Delay Fuses
Type 12 Enclosure
Dustight
Catalogue Numberb
Type 4X Enclosure
Corrosion Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number Power Pluga
Switch Receptacle
Crouse-Hinds ARKTITE® Receptacle
30 30 30 12HD361NFCHR 4HD361NFCHR
Accepts Crouse-Hinds
APJ3485
60 60 60 12HD362NFCHR 4HD362NFCHR APJ6485
100 100 75 12HD363NFCHR 4HD363NFCHR APJ10487
Appleton POWERTITE® Receptacle
30 30 30 12HD361NFAER 4HD361NFAER
Accepts Appleton
ACP3034BC
60 60 60 12HD362NFAER 4HD362NFAER ACP6034BC
100 100 75 12HD363NFAER 4HD363NFAER ACP1034CD
DH362FDK2WR
50 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Technical Data and Specifications - For Heavy Duty Switches with Pin and Sleeve Receptacles
Short-Circuit Ratings Using Class “R”, “J” or “T” Fusing
Where Applicable
Note
Class “H” fuse clips supplied as standard. Rated at 10,000 rms symmetrical when using Class
“H” fuses.
Fuse Class Adaptation
Note
For ‘J’ Fusing on 600V heavy duty with receptacle field modification required.
- 30A reposition fuse clips on loadside of fuse base for ‘J’ fusing.
- 60A reposition fuse clips on loadside of fuse base for ‘J’ fusing.
- 100A reposition loadside fuse blocks to accept ‘J’ fusing.
Terminal Capacity for Heavy Duty Safety Switch with
pin & sleeve receptacles 600V Max
Note
* Order neutral catalogue number when neutral required and not included with switch.
All terminals are rating al/cu unless otherwise noted.
Ground terminal is standard on all switches. For optional ground lug kits or copper lug kits see
pages 5 and 6.
Ampere
Rating
Voltage Ratings
Type 1 Type 3R Type 12/3R Type 4X
30 — — 200k at 600 200k at 600
60 — — 200k at 600 200k at 600
100 — — 200k at 600 200k at 600
Standard Fuse
Class Clips
Supplied with
Switch
Adaptable to Accept the Following Fuse Class
Safety Switch
Type R J T
Pin & Sleeve
Receptacle
Switch
H30A-100A 60A-100A —
Ampere
Line/Load Terminal
Capacity (per phase)
Ground
terminal
Capacity
Neutral
Catalogue #
Neutral Terminal
Capacity
30 #14 - #2 #14 - 4 DH030NK 4x #14 - #2
60 #14 - #2 #14 - 4 DH030NK 4x #14 - #2
100 #14 - 1/0 #14 - 4 DH100NK 2x #14-#2 AND
2x #14 - 1/0
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 51
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Note: Dimensions are for estimating purposes only.
Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, 600V, Three Pole, Single Throw,
with Crouse Hinds Pin & Sleeve Receptacle
Heavy-Duty, Fusible, 600V, Three Pole, Single Throw,
with Crouse Hinds Pin & Sleeve Receptacle
Note
Type 12 enclosures can be field modified to meet type 3R rainproof requirements when factory
provided drain hole is opened.
Depth listed is for non window design.
For 30 - 100A window version increase depth (D) by 1.22" (32mm) and (D2) by .8" (20mm)
Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, 600V, Three Pole, Single Throw,
with Appleton Pin & Sleeve Receptacle
Heavy-Duty, Fusible, 600V, Three Pole, Single Throw,
with Appleton Pin & Sleeve Receptacle
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 12
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 4X
Type 12, 4X Stainless Steel
30 8 (203) 24.13 (612) 10.25 (260) 5.5 (140) 23 (10.5) 32 (14.54)
60 8 (203) 24.13 (612) 10.25 (260) 5.5 (140) 23 (10.5) 34 (15.45)
100 11.13 (281) 30.88 (786) 10.25 (260) 5.5 (140) 28 (12.7) 32 (14.54)
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 12
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 4X
Type 12, 4X Stainless Steela
30 8 (203) 24.13 (612) 10.25 (260) 5.5 (140) 23 (10.5) 35 (15.9)
60 8 (203) 24.13 (612) 10.25 (260) 5.5 (140) 23 (10.5) 35 (15.9)
100 11.13 (281) 30.88 (786) 10.25 (260) 5.5 (140) 28 (12.7) 36 (16.36)
WD
H
D2
S
w
i
tc
h
w
i
t
h
C
rouse
Hi
n
d
s
R
eceptac
l
e
30
,
60
,
100A
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 12
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 4X
Type 12, 4X Stainless Steel
30 8 (203) 23.5 (597) 10.25 (260) 5.5 (140) 23 (10.5) 31 (14.1)
60 8 (203) 23.5 (597) 10.25 (260) 5.5 (140) 23 (10.5) 31 (14.1)
100 11.13 (281) 29.5 (749) 10.25 (260) 5.5 (140) 28 (12.7) 36 (16.3)
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 12
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 4X
Type 12, 4X Stainless Steel
30 8 (203) 23.5 (597) 10.25 (260) 5.5 (140) 23 (10.5) 31 (14.1)
60 8 (203) 23.5 (597) 10.25 (260) 5.5 (140) 23 (10.5) 31 (14.1)
100 11.13 (281) 29.5 (749) 10.25 (260) 5.5 (140) 28 (12.7) 36 (16.3)
D2
W
D
H
S
w
i
tc
h
w
i
t
h
A
pp
l
eton
R
eceptac
l
e
30
,
60
,
100A
52 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switch Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Product Description, Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Technical Data and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switch
Application Description
Primarily used; but not limited
to Industrial applications.
LED’s on the Line and /or
Load side of the safety
switch provide additional
operator safety with highly
visual voltage indication,
warning of existing voltage
presence and potentially
dangerous situations.
Product Description
-30A to 800Ampere
-Fusible and Non-Fusible
-Heavy Duty K switch
design@ 600Vac/dc
maximum
-Enclosure ratings 12/3R,
4/4X
-Viewing windows standard
-LED’s factory installed on
line side or load side or
both sides of safety switch
-Switch is padlockable, up
to 3 x 3/8” shank locks
-100% load break rated
-Horsepower rated
-All heavy duty features per
pages 23 and 44
-Options such as auxiliary
contacts, control pole, kirk
interlocking available, see
options under catalogue
configurator page 53
-Two options of LED’s
available – static or flashing
indication
-Static continuous
indication – CSA – 208V to
600Vac, detects voltage or
any current leakage greater
than 2mA. Highly visible
yellow lamacoid
nameplates standard.
-Flashing indication –
cULus – max 750Vac/
1000Vdc detects line to
line or line to ground
voltage at 29Vac 3ph,
40Vac single phase, 27Vdc
or stored energy.
-Flashing indication can be
front or side mounted
-Warning nameplate
standard
Features
-Enhanced safety with
bright, luninescent LED’s
indicating power status per
individual phase, of line,
load or both.
-Two options of LED’s
available, static and
flashing, providing a wide
range of voltage application
options.
-Utilizes the robust heavy
duty K switch features, and
options
-Highly visible line/load
lamacoid nameplates
Standards and Certifications
-CSA approved
-Meets C22.2 No.4
-
Compliant with article 185 &
186 of RSST (CSST) for lock
off procedure in Quebec.
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 53
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Catalogue Number Selection
Voltage Indicator Switch - Sample 12HD362NFWV1AA1CP
Note
For dimensions, terminal capacity, fuse adaptation refer to pages 46 and 47.
Voltage Indication Type
A= LED’s for A B C phases, continuous
indication for AC power
B= LED’s L1, L2, L3, GND, flashing
indication, for AC or DC power,
round shape for front enclosure
mounting
C= LED’s L1, L2, L3, GND, flashing
indication, for AC or DC power,
round shape for side enclosure
mounting
Standard Safety Switch
Catalogue Number
Prefix
12HD...W
4HD...W
Voltage Indication Location
V1= Line side only
V2 = Load side only
V3 = Line & load side
Options
A1 =Auxiliary contact 1NO/1NC
A2 =Auxiliary contact 2NO/2NC
CP =Control pole 1 NO contact
elevator approved
TK =key interlocking
12HD362NFW V1 A A1CP
54 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Hazardous Location Switch Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Product Description, Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Technical Data and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch
Application Description
The cast aluminum enclosure
is ideally suited for harsh
industrial applications
including but not limited to
petrochemical facilities,
mining operations,
pharmaceutical plants and
wastewater treatment
facilities.
Product Description
Type DS switch is used as
the switching device in a
NEMA 4, 4X, 7, 9 enclosure.
Ratings are 30–100A, 600 Vac,
fusible and non-fusible.
Features
-30–100A
-600 Vac 250V dc
-Explosion Proof NEMA 7/9
(4/4X) rated enclosure
-Fusible and non fusible
-Horsepower rated
-3 pole, 3 wire
-Field installable auxiliaries
-Optional breather, drain
grounding stud and
nameplates available
-200A moulded case switch
or breaker in NEMA 7/9
enclosure available via
Eaton regional satellite
locations in Canada
Standards and Certifications
Compliances
UL Classified—
Standard 886 File No. E84577
CSA Certified—
Standard C22.2 File No. LR 42131-6
Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B,
C and D
Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B,
C and D
Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups E,
F and G
Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups E,
F and G
Class III, Division 1 and 2 Class III, Division 1 and 2
NEMA 7/9 NEMA 7/9
Zone 1, IIB + H2Zone 1, IIB + H2
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 55
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Product Selection
NEMA 7/9 Enclosure Sizes—Fusible a
NEMA 7/9 Enclosure Sizes—Non-Fusible a
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA 7/9 Fusible and Non-Fusible Dimensions - via Enclosure Number
NEMA 7/9—30–100A b
Notes
aAccessories and modifications shown on Pages 12 through 14 are NOT applicable to NEMA 7/9 disconnect switches.
bDual three- and four-point mounting available as standard on enclosures 1 and 2.
For field installable auxiliary contacts order. 178C265G05 - 30-100A 1NO/1NC, 178C265G06 - 30-100A 2NO/2NC.
Breather/drain group B (1) including outlets and installation, catalogue suffix BR, DN.
External ground stud (3/8”), catalogue suffix ES.
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Fuse Class
Provision
Number
of Poles Voltage
Enclosure
Number
Catalogue
Number
Three-Phase AC DC
480V 600V 250V
30 15 20 5 J 3 600 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 1bDS361FX
60 30 50 10 J 3 600 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 2bDS362FX
100 60 75 20 J 3 600 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 3 DS363FX
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Fuse Class
Provision
Number
of Poles Voltage
Enclosure
Number
Catalogue
Number
Three-Phase AC DC
480V 600V 250V
30 15 20 5 — 3 600 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 1bDS361UX
60 30 50 10 — 3 600 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 1bDS362UX
100 60 75 20 — 3 600 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 2bDS363UX
Catalogue Number Standard Conduit Size
DS361FX 1.50 (38.1)
DS362FX 2.00 (50.8)
DS363FX 2.50 (63.5)
DS361UX 1.50 (38.1)
DS362UX 1.50 (38.1)
DS363UX 2.00 (50.8)
Enclosure
Number
Mounting Dimensions Inside Dimensions Outside Dimensions Number
of Outlets Dimension K
Approximate
Weight Lbs (kg)ABJCDF GH
1 5.50 (139.7) 13.13 (333.5) 14.13 (358.9) 5.94 (150.9) 10.75 (273.1) 10.63 (270.0) 15.25 (387.4) 8.84 (224.5) 2 (1.5 In. Dia.) 2.00 (50.8) 38 (17)
2 6.00 (152.4) 18.00 (457.2) 19.00 (482.6) 6.50 (165.1) 16.00 (406.4) 11.00 (279.4) 20.50 (520.7) 8.97 (227.8) 2 (1.5 In. Dia.) 2.31 (58.6) 57 (26)
3 10.25 (260.4) 22.63 (574.8) — 11.75 (298.4) 20.00 (508.0) 16.38 (416.1) 25.13 (638.3) 9.59 (243.6) 2 (1.5 In. Dia.) 3.50 (88.9) 104 (47)
DS361UX
Terminal Capacity
Ampere
Line/Load per Phase
Min - Max Copper
Line/Load per Phase
Min - Max Aluminum
30A #14 - #2 #12 - #2
60A #14 - #2 #12 - #2
100A #14 - 1/0 #12 - 1/0
56 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
CDH364URKNLC Single Throw Quick Connect
CDT364URKNLC Double Throw Quick Connect
Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Product Description, Features, Standards . . . . . . . . . 56
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Dimensions and Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches
Application Description
The heavy duty quick connect
single throw design is
typically used with your main
utility when temporary power
is required such as, to
connect a sound or lighting
system, media equipment,
carnival equipment. When
portable power from a
generator is required either a
single throw (reverse
configuration) or a double
throw quick connect could
be used. CEC does not
permit double throw safety
switches to be used for
service entrance.
Product Description
-100A through 800 Ampere,
(1200A pending for 2012)
-240V - 600Vac heavy duty
-Utilizes Crouse-Hinds “J”
Power series E1015, E1016,
E1017 Cam-Lok®
connectors or Crouse-
Hinds E200, E400
Posi-Lok® receptacles
-Fusible, Non-fusible
switch design
-CDH – single throw
switch design
-CDT – double throw
switch design
-Single or Three phase,
ground receptacle
standard. Fourth pole, solid
or switched neutral
optional
-Type 1 or 3R enclosure.
Optional type 12 or 4/4X
(assembly rating 3R)
-100% load break make
rated
-Key interlocking available
upon request
-Windows for Type 12 or 4/
4X (assembly rating 3R)
available upon request
Features
-Both designs provide a
superior safety solution,
interlocking the operation
of the switch with the door
interlock of the receptacle
compartment.
-The switch cannot be
turned to the ON position
without first closing the
receptacle compartment
door.
-Convenient and safe
method to quickly connect
and disconnect portable
equipment.
-Spring loaded flap door in
the receptacle
compartment allows the
cables to exit the
compartment, but seals
the compartment when
the switch is not in use.
-An additional flap door on
the main compartment
allows for quick connection
in the event that the
appropiate plugs are not
readily available.
-Additional options such as
Key Interlocking, Windows,
Type 12, 4/4X enclosures
available upon request
Standards and Certifications
-CSA certified File No.
LR69743
-Meets C22.2 No. 4
-ISO-9001
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 57
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Catalogue Number Selection
Heavy Duty Single Throw with Cam or Posi-Lok Receptacles
Notes
aThis field is only used when the switch is non-fusible.
bCam-Lok devices have male ground and neutral and female phase receptacles as standard on single throw
Posi-Lok devices have all female receptacles as standard on single throw
Should a reverse gender configuration be required add suffix “R” to the receptacle designation
An easy way to determine receptacle type: for generator applications male phase receptacles, for temporary load applications female phase receptacles
cE1016 receptacle supplied as standard for all ratings, leave blank unless optional receptacle required
dProvide key interlocking co-ordination as well as customer name, address and phone number for key registration when ordering
Catalogue Number Selection
Heavy Duty Double Throw with Cam or Posi-Lok Receptacles
Notes
eWhen lower switch is unfused, the switch configuration is consolidated in one letter (ie: “U” not “UU”
A switch with a neutral will have either a solid neutral or a switched neutral, not both
For switched neutral application order 3 pole for single phase and 4 pole for three phase
fThis field is only used when the switch is non-fusible.
gCam-Lok devices have female ground and neutral and male phase receptacles as standard on double throw
Posi-Lok devices have all male receptacles as standard on double throw
Should a reverse gender configuration be required add suffix “R” to the receptacle designation
An easy way to determine receptacle type: for generator applications male phase receptacles, for temporary load applications female phase receptacles
Switch Type
CDH =Single Throw
Poles
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
Maximum
Voltage
2 = 240 Vac
6 = 600 Vac
Fused/Non Fused
U=Non-fusible
F=Fusible
N=Fusible with
solid neutral
SN =Fusible with
switched neutral
Neutrala
Blank= No neutral or
included with
switch designation
N= Non-Fusible with
solid neutral
SN = Non-Fusible with
switched neutral
CDH 3 6 4 N R K LC TK
Series
K = K switch
design
(constant)
Quick Connect Receptacleb
LC =Cam-Lok
LCR=
Cam-Lok reverse pin configuration
LP =Posi-Lok
LPR=
Posi-Lok reverse pin configuration
Enclosure Rating
G=Type 1 Indoor
R=Type 3R Outdoor
Ampere
3 = 100A
4 = 200A
5 = 400A
6 = 600A
7 = 800A
Accessories
TK = Kirk key interlockd
SS = Grade 304 stainless enclosure
(assembly rating 3R)
D = Type 12 enclosure (assembly
rating 3R)
Crouse Cam-Lok Seriesc
Blank=E1016 connection diameter 11/16” cable
range #2 - 4/0 rated up to 400A continuous
15 =E1015 connection diameter 3/8” cable range
#8 - 4 rated up to 150A continuous
17 =E1017 connection diameter
1 1/8” cable range
350 - 750mcm, rated up to 690A
continuous
Switch Type
CDT =Heavy Duty
Double Throw
for use in
Canada - CSA
only
Poles
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
Maximum
Voltage
2 = 240 Vac
6 = 600 Vac
Fused/Non Fused
U=Non-fusible
Series
K= K switch design
(constant)
CDT 3 6 4 U R K N LC TK
Enclosure Rating
G = Type 1 Indoor
R = Type 3R
Outdoor Quick Connect Receptacleg
LC =Cam-Lok
LCR=Cam-Lok reverse pin configuration
LP =Posi-Lok
LPR=Posi-Lok reverse pin configuration
Neutralf
Blank=No neutral or included with switch
designation
N=Non-fusible with solid neutral
SN =Non-fusible with switched neutral*
Lower Switche
Blank=Non-fusible
F=Fusible
N=Fusible with solid
neutral
SN =Fusible with
switched neutral
Ampere
3 = 100A
4 = 200A
5 = 400A
6 = 600A
7 = 800A
Accessories
TK = Kirk key interlockd
SS = Grade 304 stainless enclosure
(assembly rating 3R)
D = Type 12 enclosure (assembly
rating 3R)
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 58
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Technical Data and Specifications
-100A through 800Ampere
-240V - 600Vac heavy duty
-Utilizes Crouse-Hinds “J”
Power series E1015, E1016,
E1017 Cam-Lok®
connectors or Crouse-
Hinds E200, E400
Posi-Lok® receptacles
-Fusible, Non-fusible
switch design
-CDH – single throw
switch design
-CDT – double throw
switch design
-100% load break and
make rated
-For short circuit withstand
ratings refer to page 30 for
single throw and 40 for
double throw
-Horsepower rated
-Single or Three phase,
ground receptacle
standard. Fourth pole, solid
or switched neutral
optional
-Type 1 or 3R enclosures
standard optional type 12
or 4/4X (assembly rating
3R)
-Single throw design with
Cam Lok® - male ground
(standard) and male neutral
(optional) receptacles,
female phase receptacles
(standard)
-Single throw design with
Posi Lok® - all female
receptacles
-Receptacles on single
throw factory wired to load
side of switch – standard
-Reverse pin (receptacle)
and wiring configuration
available – add “R” to
catalogue suffix
-Double throw with
Cam-Lok® - female ground
and male phase
receptacles (standard).
Female neutral receptacles
(optional)
-Double throw design with
Posi Lok® - all male
receptacles
-Reverse pin (receptacle)
and wiring configuration
available – add “R” to
catalogue suffix
-Receptacles on double
throw, non fusible, factory
wired to lower switch line
side
-Receptacles on double
throw, lower switch
fusible, factory wired to
line side of fuse
-100A and 200A receptacle
compartment located at
bottom of enclosure
-400A – 800A receptacle
compartment located
beside enclosure
-100A through 400A have a
single row of receptacles,
while 600A and 800A have
parallel receptacles
-Additional options such as
Key Interlocking, Windows,
Type 12, 4/4X enclosures
(3R rated assembly)
available upon request
Lug Capacities - Quick Connect Double Throw Switch Assembly with Cam-Lok or Posi-Lok Receptacles
Lug Capacities - Quick Connect Single Throw with Cam-Lok or Posi-Lok Receptacles
Double Throw Switch
Size - Cam-Lok or Posi-
Lok Receptacles Line Terminal Per Phase Load Terminal Per Phase
Switched Neutral Pole
Load Terminals
Solid Neutral
Terminals Ground Terminals
Receptacle Bypass
Terminals
100A (1) 1/0 – 14 AWG Cu/Al (1) 1/0 – 14 AWG Cu/Al (1) 1/0 - 14 AWG Cu/Al (2) 1/0 - 14 AWG,
(1) 2 - 14 AWG Cu/Al
(3) 2 - 14 AWG Cu/Al (1) 10 - 32 Screw Mounting
200A (1) 300 kcmil 6 AWG Cu/Al (1) 250 kcmil 6 AWG Cu/Al (1) 250 kcmil - 6 AWG Cu/
Al
(2) 250 kcmil - 6 AWG,
(1) 1/0 - 14 AWG,
(1) 2 - 14 AWG Cu/Al
(3) 2 - 14 AWG Cu/Al (2) 1/4 Studs,
1.75 Inch Spacing
400A (1) 750 kcmil - 1/0 or
(2) 300 kcmil - 1/0 Cu/Al
(1) 750 kcmil - 1/0 or
(2) 300 kcmil - 1/0 Cu/Al
(1) 750 kcmil - 1/0 or
(2) 300 kcmil - 1/0 Cu/Al
(6) 500 - 250 kcmil,
(6) 250 kcmil - 6 AWG Cu/
Al
(4) 250 kcmil - 6 AWG Cu/Al (2) 1/2 - 13 UNC Studs,
1.75 Inch Spacing
600A (4) 750 kcmil - 3/0 Cu/Al (4) 750 kcmil - 3/0 Cu/Al 4) 750 kcmil - 3/0 Cu/Al (6) 500 - 250 kcmil,
(4) 250 kcmil - 6 AWG Cu/
Al
(4) 250 kcmil - 6 AWG Cu/Al (2) 1/2 - 13 UNC Studs,
1.75 Inch Spacing
800A (4) 750 kcmil - 3/0 Cu/Al 4) 750 kcmil - 3/0 Cu/Al (4) 750 kcmil - 3/0 Cu/Al (6) 500 - 250 kcmil,
(4) 250 kcmil - 6 AWG
(4) 250 kcmil - 6 AWG Cu/Al (2) 1/2 - 13 UNC Studs,
1.75 Inch Spacing
Ampere Line Terminals Per Phase Load Terminals Per Phase Solid Neutral Terminals Ground Terminal
100A 1/0 - #14 1/0 - #14 (2) 1/0 - #14,
(2) #2 - #14
#4 - 14AWG
200A (1) #6 - 300mcm (1) #6 - 300mcm (2) #6 - 300mcm,
(2) #4 - #14
#4 - 14AWG
400A (1) 1/0 - 750mcm or
(2) 1/0 - 300mcm
(1) 1/0 - 750mcm or
(2) 2/0 - 300mcm
(1) 1/0 - 750mcm or (2) 1/0 - 300mcm,
and (3) #6 - 250mcm
(2) #6 - 250mcm
600A (1) #2-600mcm and
(1) 1/0 - 750mcm
(1) #2-600mcm and
(1) 1/0 - 750mcm
(1) 1/0 - 750mcm and (1) #2 - 600mcm,
and (3) #6 - 250mcm
(2) #6 - 250mcm
800A (4) 3/0 - 750mcm (4) 3/0 - 750mcm (3) #6 - 250mcm,
(4) 3/0 - 750mcm
(2) #6 - 250mcm
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 59
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
100/200 Amp CDT Dimensions
600-800 Amp CDT Dimensions
400 Amp CDT Dimensions
Wiring Diagrams
100 Amp CDH Dimensions
400/600 Amp CDH Dimensions
200 Amp CDH Dimensions
800 Amp CDH Dimensions
18.57
(471.7)
50.45
(1281.4)
Conduit
Entry
Allowed
Along
This
Side
61.24
(1555.5)
18.15
(461.0)
No Conduit
Entry This End
13.56 (344.4) 8.59 (218.2)
Conduit
Entry
Allowed
In This
Area
5.00
(127.0)
60.51
(1537.0)
95.75
(2432.1)
68.25
(1733.6)
62.89
(1597.4)
33.50
(850.9)
6.00
(152.4)
Grade
14.00 (355.6) 2.24 (56.9)
7.00 (177.8)
58.38
(1482.9)
4.14
(105.2)
38.90
(988.1)
15.61
(396.5)
29.25
(743.0)
16.00 (406.4)
8.02
(203.7)
8.00 (203.2)
“A”
23.65
(600.7)
37.75
(958.9)
38.18
(969.8)
61.68
(1566.7)
5.12
(130.0)
4.42
(112.3)
93.11
(2365.0)
10.63
(270.0)
2.65
(67.3)
44.43
(1128.5)
92.49
(2349.2)
1.37
(34.8) 2.93
(74.4)
20.95
(532.1)
ø.560
Mounting
Holes
87.25
(2216.2)
23 65
93.11
(2365.0)
26.68
(677.7)
50.18
(1274.6)
10.63
(270.0)
26 25
15.61
(396.5)
5.12
(130.0)
2.65
(67.31)
44.43
(1128.5)
92.49
(2349.2)
17.75
(450.9)
16.00 (406.4)
8.02
(203.7)
8.00 (203.2)
4.42
(112.3)
1.37
(34.8)
2.93
(74.4)
20.95
(532.1)
ø.560
Mounting
Holes
87.25
(2216.2)
15.40
(391.2)
Primary Power Source Line
Upper switch base
Switched
neutral
Lower switch base
Load
Secondary line source
generator receptacles
IE: CDT464USNGKLC IE: CDT364UNGKLC
Primary Power Source Line
Solid
neutral
Load
Secondary power source
generator receptacles line
IE: CDT364UGKNLC
Primary Power Source Line
Solid
neutral
Load
Secondary power source
generator receptacles line
IE: CDT364NGKLC
Primary Power Source Line
Solid
neutral
Load receptacles
IE: CDH364UGKNLC
Primary Power Source Line
Solid
neutral
Load receptacles
IE: CDH364NGKLCR
Solid
neutral
Load
Power source line
generator receptacles
IE: CDH364UGKNLCR
Solid
neutral
Load
Power source line
generator receptacles
60 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Solar Disconnect Switch Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Product Description, Features, Standards . . . . . . . . . 60
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Solar Disconnect Switch
Application Description
Used in Photo Voltaic
installations. A DC disconnect
switch is required ahead of
the inverter to isolate the load
from the PV source.
The most common
application is a negative
grounded PV system, with
the location of the bond
usually found at the inverter
(transformer type inverters).
Per CEC 14-100 only the
current carrying ungrounded
conductors shall be switched.
Thus in a negative-grounded
PV system only the positive
conductor is switched. The
other conductor of the DC
circuit must be grounded (like
a neutral in an AC system).
Ungrounded DC floating
systems would be applied
with transformerless
inverters. In an ungrounded
DC floating system both
positive and negative are
switched in the disconnect.
Product Description for
Negative Grounded Disconnects
-30 – 600Ampere, 600Vdc
single circuit
-Isolated negative ground
and equipment ground lug
standard
-Factory wired in series for
DC, single circuit
-Fusible and Non-Fusible
-Class R fuse clips standard
on fusible design
-Heavy Duty K switch
design
-Type 3R, 12/3R and 4
painted steel ANSI 61 light
grey electrocoat and 4X
stainless steel enclosures
available
-Line / Load terminal
warning labels on door
-Line / Load fuse isolated
-100% load break rated
-Meets disconnect
requirements of Section 50
CEC part 1
-Meets ESA requirements
for PV applications
-For multi-circuit (2-6) and
1000Vdc refer to Eaton
publication No. BR00802002E
for product offering and
technical specifications
Features
-“Out of the box solution”
no additional jumper bars
or separate negative
ground required
-Enhanced safety - fuse is
completely de-energized on
both line and load side when
switch is in off position
-Isolated negative ground
terminal included as
standard, necessary for
grounded PV systems per
Section 50 CEC part 1
-Clear polycarbonate dead-
front to guard against
accidental contact with live
parts
-Highly visible line and load
warning label specific to PV
on door front of switch
-Visibly marked positive and
negative terminal
connections
-Additional labels included
with switch – “PV System
Disconnect”
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 61
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Product Description for
Ungrounded DC Disconnects
-30A – 400A, 600Vdc
-30A - 400A @ 1000Vdc
-Multi-circuit offering
-Both positive (+) and
negative (-) are switched
-UL listed to UL98b
standard
-CSA/ESA accepted
-Refer to Eaton Publication
No. BR00802002E for
product offering and
technical specifications
62 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Product Selection
Non-Fusible 600Vdc Disconnect for Negative Grounded PV Systems
Fusible 600Vdc Disconnect for Negative Grounded PV Systems
Note: For negative grounded multi-circuit (2-6) and 1000Vdc offering, refer to Eaton publication BR00802002E
Non-Fusible 600Vdc 1000Vdc Disconnect for UNGROUNDED DC Floating Systems a
Fusible 600Vdc 1000Vdc Disconnect for UNGROUNDED DC Floating Systems a
Note: Refer to Eaton publication No. BR00802002E for offering and technical specifications.
Notes
aAvailable Q4 2012
bType 12 enclosures can be field converted to 3R when drain screw removed from end wall of enclosure.
cEnclosure Type 4X stainless steel 30A to 200A, Type 4 painted steel enclosure 400A and 600A. For stainless steel enclosures at 400 and 600A add SS to catalogue number suffix.
dField-wiring conductor size shall be determined by referring to CEC Table 2 and Table 4, or NFPA Table 310.16, 75C column for wire size (AWG). Use wire rated for 90C (194F) or higher.
eRefer to CEC Part 1 Section 50 to calculate current rating of disconnect required.
System Ampere
Catalogue Number Type
3R
Catalogue Number Type
12/3Rb
Catalogue Number Type 4/
4Xc
Lug Capacity Main & Isolated
Negative GrounddEquipment Ground Lug
30 CDH161URKN CDH161UDKN CDH161UWKN #2 - #14 Cu/Al #4 - #14 Cu/Al
60 CDH162URKN CDH162UDKN CDH162UWKN #2 - #14 Cu/Al #4 - #14 Cu/Al
100 CDH163URKN CDH163UDKN CDH163UWKN 1/0 - #14 Cu/Al #4 - #14 Cu/Al
200 CDH164URKN CDH164UDKN CDH164UWKN 250kcmil - #6 Cu/Al #2 - #14 Cu/Al
400 CDH165URKN CDH165UDKN CDH165UWKN (1) 750kcmil - 1/0 or
(2) 300kcmil - 1/0 Cu/AI
250kcmil - #6 Cu/Al
600 CDH166URKN CDH166UDKN CDH166UWKN (1) 750kcmil - 1/0 or
(1) 600kcmil - #2 Cu/AI
250kcmil - #6 Cu/Al
System Ampere
Catalogue Number Type
3R
Catalogue Number Type
12/3Rb
Catalogue Number Type 4/
4Xc
Lug Capacity Main & Isolated
Negative GrounddEquipment Ground Lug
30 CDH161NRK CDH161NDK CDH161NWK #2 - #14 Cu/Al #4 - #14 Cu/Al
60 CDH162NRK CDH162NDK CDH162NWK #2 - #14 Cu/Al #4 - #14 Cu/Al
100 CDH163NRK CDH163NDK CDH163NWK 1/0 - #14 Cu/Al #4 - #14 Cu/Al
200 CDH164NRK CDH164NDK CDH164NWK 250kcmil - #6 Cu/Al #2 - #14 Cu/Al
400 CDH165NRK CDH165NDK CDH165NWK (1) 750kcmil - 1/0 or
(2) 300kcmil - 1/0 Cu/AI
250kcmil - #6 Cu/Al
600 CDH166NRK CDH166NDK CDH166NWK (1) 750kcmil - 1/0 or
(1) 600kcmil - #2 Cu/AI
250kcmil - #6 Cu/Al
+
–
–+
+
+
–
–
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 63
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Type 3R Dimensions
Note: Dimensions apply to disconnects for either negative grounded or ungrounded PV
systems.
Type 12/3R and 4/4X Dimensions
Ampere A B C
30 Non-Fusible 16.35 (415) 8.87 (225) 9.89 (251)
30 Fusible 16.35 (415) 8.87 (225) 9.89 (251)
60 Non-Fusible 16.35 (415) 8.87 (225) 9.89 (251)
60 Fusible 16.35 (415) 8.87 (225) 9.89 (251)
100 22.15 (563) 11.84 (301) 9.89 (251)
200 28.27 (718) 16.66 (423) 11.26 (286)
400 45 (1143) 24.12 (613) 12.39 (315)
600 52.5 (1334) 25.12 (638) 14.07 (357)
BC
A
Ampere A B C
30 Non-Fusible 14.14 (359) 8.76 (223) 10.22 (260)
30 Fusible 19.8 (485) 8.76 (223) 10.22 (260)
60 Non-Fusible 14.14 (359) 8.76 (223) 10.22 (260)
60 Fusible 19.8 (485) 8.76 (223) 10.22 (260)
100 24.95 (634) 11.79 (299) 10.22 (260)
200 35.38 (899) 16.5 (431) 11.63 (295)
400 57.47 (1460) 24.12 (613) 12.43 (316)
600 63 (1600) 36.34 (923) 14.25 (362)
BC
A
64 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Zone Blasting Switch Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Product Description, Features, Standards . . . . . . . . . 64
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Zone Blasting Switch
Application Description
Used as a means to safely
initiate the blasting process
found in mining, quarrying or
roadway construction.
Product Description
-30A – 100A
-2 pole, 600V AC - 250Vdc
maximum
-Non-fusible disconnect,
Heavy Duty K switch design
-Highly visible RED Type 12/
3R rated enclosure, or 4X
stainless steel available
-Manually operated with
three interlocked positions
– PRIME, TEST, SHORT
-
PRIME – initiates the blast
-TEST – neutral position,
enables safe installation
of detonator wires
galvanometer testing
-SHORT – provides a
deadshort once blast
complete
-Three lockable positions,
each position accepts 3 x
3/8” shank locks
-100% load break and make
rated
-Optional auxiliary contacts
available
Features
Unsurpassed safety through
a single point of control
during the blasting process,
along with a separate
deadshort position
safeguarding against
premature blasts.
Reduced installation time,
with an all in one mechanical
connection to short-circuit the
blasting leg wires.
A permanent galvanometer
testing connection is a quick,
simple and safe standard
feature as opposed to the
alternate methods of twisting
and untwisting wires when
performing short and test
functions.
Easy identification with highly
visible red enclosure and
lamacoid nameplates.
Standards and Certifications
-CSA Certified LL45963
-Meets C22.2 No.4 for
enclosed switches
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 65
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Product Selection
Zone Blasting Switch, 600Vac max. Non-Fusible - Type 12/3R, 4X Enclosure
Notes
a Type 12 enclosure can be field modified to 3R rating when drain screw from bottom of enclosure is removed.
Accessories
Auxiliary Contact
Technical Data and Specifications
Terminal Capacity
Functions
Prime: The position that initiates the blast or blast signal.
Test: An isolated position for operator to install detonator wires
to load lugs, provides a permanent means for testing continuity
of circuits with galvanometer.
Short: Position that mechanically short circuits the leg wires.
Once the blast has been completed, operator must return to the
short position to activate the dead short.
Note: Once installation of the leg wires and testing have been
completed in the test position, the door of the enclosure must
be closed to activate the prime position, as well to activate the
short position.
Dimensions
Mechanism: Side operated handle, double break visible knife
blades, quick make/break operation, 100% load break rated.
Short Circuit Rating: 100KA RMS with class R, J, or T
upstream, otherwise 10KA.
Maximum Horsepower Rating
Single Phase AC DC Catalogue Number
Ampere Fuse Type Provision 480V 600V 250V Type 12 Enclosure - Reda
Type 4X Enclosure -
Stainless Steel
30 — 7.5 10 5 12DT261NFREDB 4DT261NFB
60 — 20 25 10 12DT262NFREDB 4DT262NFB
100 — 40 50 20 12DT263NFREDB 4DT263NFB
12DT261NFREDB
Circuit Catalogue Number
1 N/0, 1 N/C (Qty 2 required) DS200EK1
Disconnect Switch Size Wire Size
30A #14–2 Cu/Al
60A #14–2 Cu/Al
100A #14–1/0 Cu/Al
66 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Elevator Control Switch Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Elevator Control Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Product Description, Features, Standards . . . . . . . . . 66
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Elevator Control Switch
Application
Typically used in elevator
applications, allowing the AC
power to be shut down to the
elevator prior to the
application of water in the
elevator machine room or
hoistway.
Product Description
This device is a fusible switch
that is equipped with a shunt
trip mechanism. The shunt
trip is operated by a control
relay (called a Fire Safety
Interface Relay) in the unit
that is wired to a normally
open contact in the remote
Fire Alarm Control Panel.
It is a single device that
meets the national building
code requirements (US) for
sprinklers, elevators and
electrical equipment.
Standard Features
-30–400A, 600 Vac three-
phase fused power switch
NEMA 1 enclosure
-200,000A rms short-circuit
current rating
-Shunt trip 120V
-Control power
terminal block
-Pilot light “ON”
-Class J Fuse mounting only
(Class J Fuses
not included)
-Key to test switch 120V
-Mechanically interlocked
auxiliary contact for
hydraulic elevators with
battery backup (5A,
120 Vac rated) 1NO, 1NC
Optional Features
-Control power transformer
with fuses and blocks
-Fire safety interface relay
-Isolated neutral lug
(oversized 200% rated
neutral option available
where required by
excessive nonlinear loads)
-Fire alarm voltage
monitoring relay (to
monitor shunt trip voltage)
-NEMA 3R, 4 and 12
enclosures available
through 200A
-Phase failure and
undervoltage relay
available, consult Eaton
-Contact closure ie: battery
lowering/door opening
system. The ‘B’ option
prevents “nuisance” fire
alarms, by allowing over-
riding of the “Control
Power not Available” signal
when the Eaton elevator
control disconnect is
manually (intentionally)
turned off, and distinctive
signaling for ON-OFF-
TRIPPED conditions.
Standards and Certifications
-UL 98 Enclosed and
Deadfront Switch
Guide 96NK3917,
File No. E182262
-cUL® per Canadian
Standards C22.2,
No. 0-M91-CAN/CSA®
C22.2, No. 4-M89
Enclosed Switch
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 67
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Catalogue Number Selection
Elevator Control Switch
Catalogue Number Example: ES3T1R1GF3
-100A S.T. switch 480V-3P—ES3
-480–120V CPT—T1
-120 Vac coil fire safety interface relay—R1
-Pilot light—ON (Green)—G
-Fire alarm voltage monitoring relay (three-pole)—F3
Technical Data and Specifications
Elevator Control Switch Maximum hp Rating—Sizing Based on Motor Type
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Elevator Control Switch Dimensions and Lug Data
Notes
aStandard oversize enclosure to mount control power transformer fire safety interface relay and control terminal blocks.
bContact Eaton for dimensions for NEMA 4 enclosure.
cOptional neutral lug size same as line and load.
Voltage Rating
(Vac Three-Phase)
Ampere Rating
30A, ES1 60A, ES2 100A, ES3 200A, ES4 400A, ES5
ABCABCABCABCABC
208 553101010201515404030———
240 555101010202015504030———
280 10 10 10 30 25 20 50 40 30 100 75 75 — — —
600 15 15 10 30 30 25 60 50 40 125 100 100 — — —
Ampere
Rating
NEMA 1 aNEMA 3R, 12 b
Lug Size c
Catalogue
NumberHeight Width Depth Height Width Depth
30 20.00 (508.0) 16.00 (406.4) 8.63 (219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 20.00 (508.0) 8.00 (203.2) #14–#8 Al or Cu ES1
60 20.00 (508.0) 16.00 (406.4) 8.63 (219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 20.00 (508.0) 8.00 (203.2) #14–#2 Al or Cu ES2
100 20.00 (508.0) 16.00 (406.4) 8.63 (219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 20.00 (508.0) 8.00 (203.2) #8–1/0 Al or Cu ES3
200 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0) 8.63 (219.2) 30.00 (762.0) 24.00 (609.6) 8.00 (203.2) #6–250 kcmil Al or Cu ES4
400 52.00 (320.8) 25.00 (635.0) 8.00 (203.2) 52.00 (1320.8) 25.00 (635.0) 8.00 (203.2) (2) I/O–(1) 750 ES5
Prefix
ES = Elevator control
switch
Ampere
Rating
1 = 30A
2 = 60A
3 = 100A
4 = 200A
5 = 400A
Control
Transformer a
T2 = 208V
T3 = 240V
T1 = 480V
T4 = 600V
Fire Safety Interface Relay
(3PDT, 10A, 120V)
R2 = 24 Vdc coil
R1 = 120 Vac coil
Pilot Light ON
G=Green
R=Red
W=White
Fire Alarm Voltage
Monitoring Relay
(To Monitor Shunt
Trip Voltage)
F1 = Single-pole
F3 = Three-pole Enclosure Options
(NEMA 1 Standard With No
Suffix Designation Required)
3= NEMA 3R
D= NEMA 12
P= NEMA 4 painted steel
ES
1
T2
R2
G
F1
3
N
B
Neutral Lug
N = Isolated
full capacity
Auxiliary Contacts
1NO/1NC
B = Main switch
68 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
Grounding Switch Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Product Description, Features, Standards . . . . . . . . . 68
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Industrial Grounding Switch
Application Description
Used to isolate and ground
250Vdc/600Vac loads
typically found but not limited
to industrial DC applications
such as door machines, rail
cars and cranes. Grounding
enables the current to be
drained ie: drives, capacitors,
discharging stray current on
the machine doors, rails or
cranes, increasing safety and
people protection.
Product Description
-30A - 600Ampere 250Vdc/
600Vac
-Non-Fusible, double throw
heavy duty switch design
-Grounded dead short
-Enclosures type 12 and 4
painted steel and 4X
stainless steel grade 304.
Type 12 enclosure can be
field converted to 3R when
drain screw removed.
-Optional grade 316
stainless available
-Two viewing windows
standard for visible blade
indication of both main
switch and grounded dead
short
-Highly visible lamacoid
nameplates standard,
warning source 250Vdc
and grounded position
-Triple lockoff capability, all
switch positions
Features & Benefits
-Safety - people protection -
grounding enables the
current to be drained
discharging stray currents
-Cost and labour savings -
eliminates the need for
external hookstick ground
clamps or ground bridles
-Reduces wear on existing
breakers - eliminates the
need to draw our breakers,
lug out, tag out and apply
ground bridle
-Increased uptime - all in
one solution
Standards & Certifications
-CSA certified
-Meets C22.2 No.4
standard for enclosed
switches
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 69
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
250Vdc/600Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Grounding Switch
Notes
a Type 12 enclosure can be field modified to 3R rating when drain screw from bottom of enclosure is removed.
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, 250Vdc and 600Vac, Two-Pole
Type 12-4X Double-Throw 30–1200A
Terminal Capacity for Grounding Switch
Notes
a Order neutral catalogue number when neutral required and not included with switch.
All terminals are rating al/cu unless otherwise noted.
Short Circuit Rating
10ka rms rating applies @250Vdc
For 600Vac rms rating refer to page 39
Ampere
Rating
Main and
Standby
Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Type 12a
Catalogue Number
Type 4X Stainless Steel
Catalogue Number
Type 4 Painted Steel
Catalogue Number
Single-Phase AC DC
480V 600V 250V
Two-Pole—600 Vac—250 Vdc
30 7-1/2 10 5 12DT361NFWGB 4DT361NFWGB —
60 20 25 10 12DT362NFWGB 4DT362NFWGB —
100 40 50 20 12DT363NFWGB 4DT363NFWGB —
200 50 50 40 12DT364NFWGB 4DT364NFWGB —
400 — — 50 12DT365NFWGB 4DT365NFWSSGB 4DT365NFWGB
600 — — 50 12DT366NFWGB 4DT366NFWSSGB 4DT366NFWGB
Ampere
Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Type 12, 4X Stainless Steel, 4 Painted Steel
30 12.00 (304.8) 25.88 (657.4) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 60 (27)
60 12.00 (304.8) 25.88 (657.4) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 60 (27)
100 12.00 (304.8) 25.88 (657.4) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 60 (27)
200 19.50 (495.3) 41.00 (1041.4) 11.63 (295.4) 6.48 (164.6) 105 (48)
400 23.05 (585) 57.48 (1460) 12.5 (317.5) 7.25 (184.2) 160 (73)
600 23.7 (602) 67.02 (1702) 14.1 (358) 8.88 (225.6) 175 (79)
W
H
D
D2
Ampere
Line/Load Terminal
Capacity (per phase)
Ground
terminal
Capacity
Neutral
Catalogue # a
Neutral Terminal
Capacity
30 #14 - #2 #14 - 4 DT100NK 1x #14 - #2 AND
3x #14 - #2
60 #14 - #2 #14 - 4 DT100NK 1x #14 - #2 AND
3x #14 - #2
100 #14 - 1/0 #14 - 4 DT100NK 1x #14 - #2 AND
3x #14 - #2
200 #6 - 250mcm #14 - 4 DT200NK 3x #6 - 250mcm AND
1x #14 - #2
400 (non
fusible)
(2) 1/0 - (2)300mcm
OR (1) 1/0 - 750mcm
#6 - 250mcm DT400NK 7x #6 - 250mcm
600 (non
fusible)
(2)250mcm -
(2)500mcm
#6 - 250mcm DT600NK 6x 250mcm - 500mcm
AND 1x #6 - 250mcm
70 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Motor Disconnects
NEMA 1 Motor Disconnect Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
NEMA 1 Product Features, Standards, Selection. . . . 70
NEMA 12/3R, 4X Product Overview, Standards . . . . . . . 71
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
NEMA 1 Motor Disconnect
Product Application
Suitable as a motor
disconnect for indoor use
when switching or isolating
motor loads.
Product Description
-30A 600AC, NEMA 1
-Compact size 3.2”W x
4.72”H x 3.09”D
-Lockable
-10KA withstand rating
@ 600V when protected by
60A max. class J fusing
-K/O’s top, bottom, back
Features
-Labeled suitable for motor
disconnect
-Compact, economical
-Snap action toggle design
Standards and Certifications
-UL listed
-CSA certified to C22.2,
No. 14
Non-Fusible 2 and 3 Pole, 600Vac
Notes
aInternal replacement switch B230BND
bInternal replacement switch B330AND
Maximum Horsepower
1 Phase AC 3 Phase AC
Ampere 120V 240V 480V 600V 120V 240V 480V 600V Catalogue Number
30 2 5 10 15 B230BGDa
Non-Fusible, 3 Pole, 600Vac
30 3 75 15 20 B330AGDb
B330AGD B330AND
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 71
8.0
Switching Devices
Motor Disconnects
Enclosed Rotary Disconnect
ER53030UPGB
CER53025UX
CER53030UW
Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
NEMA 1 Product Features, Standards, Selection . . . . . . 70
NEMA 12/3R, 4X Product Overview, Standards. . . . . 71
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
NEMA 12/3R, 4X Enclosed Rotary Disconnects
Application
Suitable as a motor
disconnect. A compact and
economical choice for
switching and isolating motor
loads. Provides users with
the ability to lock directly to
wired motor loads in the OFF
position.
Environments such as
outdoor, corrosive, dust, hose
down, all possible with the
wide variety of enclosures
available.
Product Overview
-Available in 16–80A ratings
-600 Vac, three- and four-
pole non-fusible device
-Up to 65KA RMS short
circuit withstand rating
-Padlockable in the OFF
position (up to three
padlocks)
-Load break rated
-Accepts auxiliary contacts;
capability to signal PLC
controllers
-Ground lug connection
provided as standard
-Possibility of adding one
power pole and one
auxiliary contact
-NEMA® Type 12/3R painted
steel, 4X stainless steel,
4X non metallic,
polycarbonate and
thermoset polyester
(krydon®)
-Labeled “Suitable for
motor disconnect”
Standards and Certifications
-CSA Certified, File 162136
-C22.2 No.14/UL 508
-Meets CEC rule 28-
602(3)(b) suitable for motor
disconnect
72 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Motor Disconnects
Product Selection
Enclosed Rotary Non-Fusible
Accessories for Enclosed Rotary Disconnects de
Notes
a NEMA Type 12 enclosures (16–80A) can be field modified to meet Type 3R rainproof requirements when a factory-provided drain hole is opened.
b GB suffix = gray cover and black handle, YR suffix = yellow cover and red handle, GR suffix = gray cover and red handle.
c cULus.
d Ordered and shipped as separate components—not integral to enclosed device.
e Enclosed disconnects can accept one power pole, neutral or up to two auxiliary contacts (one mounted on either side of switch)..
Contact Customer Support (1-800-268-3578) for factory-installed accessories, UL labelled product, or other special modifications.
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Horsepower Ratings Type 12 a
Enclosure
Dust-Tight/
Rainproof
Type 4X
Enclosure
Corrosion-Resistant,
Stainless Steel
Type 4X
Enclosure
Corrosion-Resistant,
Non-Metallic Krydon®
Type 4X
Enclosure
Polycarbonate-
Non-MetallicThree-Phase AC
208V 240V 480V 600V Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
Three-Pole, 600 Vac
16 351010CER53016UD CER53016UW CER53016UX —
25 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 CER53025UD CER53025UW CER53025UX —
30 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 CER53030UD CER53030UW CER53030UX ER53030UPGB bc
40 7-1/2 7-1/2 20 25 CER53040UD CER53040UW CER53040UX —
60 15 15 30 30 CER53060UD CER53060UW CER53060UX ER53060UPGB bc
80 15 20 40 40 CER53080UD CER53080UW CER53080UX —
Disconnect
Ampere Rating
Switched
Fourth Pole
Auxiliary Contacts
(Choose one)
Terminal
Shrouds
16 S4PR516 1NO + 1NC
AC1NONC
2NC
AC2NC
Single-pole
TS1R5A
Three-pole
TS3R5A
25 S4PR525
30 S4PR530
40 S4PR540
60 —Single-pole
TS1R5B
Three-pole
TS3R5B
80 —
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 73
8.0
Switching Devices
Motor Disconnects
Technical Data and Specifications
CSA 22.2 No.14/UL508 Manual Motor Controller “Suitable as Motor Disconnect” from 16-80A
Technical Characteristics 16A 25A 30A 40A 60A 80A
Approvals
Short-circuit rating at 600Vac (kA)
Branch circuit fuse type
Maximum fuse rating
UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14
10/65
J
60/30A
UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14
10/65
J
60/30A
UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14
10/65
J
60/30A
UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14
10/65
J
60/30A
UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14
50/65
J
100/60A
UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14
50/65
J
100/60A
Maximum CSA/UL Horsepower Ratings/Maximum Motor FLA Current, Three-Phase
208Vac
220-240 Vac
440-480 Vac
600 Vac
3/10.6
5/15
10/14
10/11
7.5/24.2
7.5/22
15/21
20/22
7.5/24.2
7.5/22
15/21
20/22
7.5/24.2
7.5/22
20/27
25/27
15/46.2
15/42
30/40
30/32
15/46.2
20/54
40/52
40/41
Connection
Wire range (AWG), solid, single cable
Wire range (AWG), solid, two cables
Wire range (AWG), stranded, single cable
Wire range (AWG), stranded, two cables
#14 - #10
2x #12
#14 - #4
2x (#14-#12)
#14 - #10
2x #12
#14 - #4
2x (#14-#12)
#14 - #10
2x #12
#14 - #4
2x (#14-#12)
#14 - #10
2x #12
#14 - #4
2x (#14-#12)
#14 - #10
2x #12
#14 - #1
2x (#10-#6)
#14 - #10
2x #12
#14 - #1
2x (#10-#6)
Mechanical Characteristics
Endurance, number of mechanical cycles 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
Auxiliary Contacts
Electrical characteristics A300 A300 A300 A300 A300 A300
74 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Motor Disconnects
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 12/3R (16–40A)
NEMA Type 12/3R (60–80A)
n 0.31
(7.9) Hole
2.68
(68.1)
9.26
(235.2)
9.98
(253.5)
8.14
(206.8)
8.99
(228.3)
3.91
(99.3)
2.68
(68.1)
0.31
(7.9)
7.35
(186.7) 6.45
(163.8)
5.66
(143.8)
4.26
(108.0)
Screw to be removed when
used as Type 3R device
Note:
Wire range of switch lugs for 16–25A is #6–#10
copper, and for 30–40A is #8–#14 copper or aluminum.
11.98
(304.3)
5.81
(147.6)
4.38
(111.3)
10.14
(257.6)
10.99
(279.1)
11.26
(286.0)
5.75
(146.1)
3.50
(88.9)
3.53
(89.7)
0.31
(7.9) n 0.31
(7.9) Hole
9.35
(237.5)
8.45
(214.6)
Screw to be removed when used as Type 3R device
Notes:
Wire range of switch lugs is #1–#14 copper.
Wire range of ground lugs is #2–#14 copper or aluminum.
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 75
8.0
Switching Devices
Motor Disconnects
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 4X Stainless (16–40A)
NEMA Type 4X Stainless (60–80A)
9.95
(252.7)
4.23
(107.4)
5.63
(143.0)
8.11
(206.0)
8.97
(227.8)
9.23
(234.4)
6.43
(163.3)
7.33
(186.2)
3.91
(99.3)
2.68
(68.1)
2.68
(68.1)
0.31
(7.9) n 0.31
(7.9) Hole
Notes:
Wire range of switch lugs for 16–25A is
#6–#10 copper, and for 30–40A is #8–#14.
Wire range of ground lugs is #2–#14
copper or aluminum.
4.35
(110.5)
5.78
(146.8)
10.11
(256.8)
10.97
(278.6)
11.95
(303.6)
8.43
(214.1)
9.32
(236.7)
11.23
(285.2)
5.75
(146.1)
3.50
(88.9)
3.53
(89.7)
0.31
(7.9)
Notes:
Wire range of switch lugs is #4–#14 copper.
Wire range of ground lugs is #2–#14 copper
or aluminum.
n 0.31
(7.9) Hole
76 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Motor Disconnects
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 4X Thermoset Polyester Krydon® (16–40A)
NEMA Type 4X Thermoset Polyester Krydon® (60–80A)
Four Mounting Holes
4.70
(119.4)
6.10
(154.9)
9.63
(244.6)
2.65
(67.3)
2.65
(67.3)
8.88
(225.6)
0.31
(7.9)
4.00
(101.6)
5.00
(127.0)
7.52
(191.0)
9.52
(241.8) 9.63
(245.0)
Notes:
Wire range of switch lugs for 16–25A is #6–#10 copper, and for 30–40A is #8–#14.
Wire range of ground lugs is #2–#14 copper or aluminum.
13.41
(340.6)
11.43
(290.3)
9.00
(228.6)
8.00
(203.2)
4.48
(113.8)
13.56
(344.4)
12.75
(323.8)
4.51
(114.6)
13.56
(344.4)
5.24
(133.1)
6.67
(169.4)
Notes:
Wire range of switch lugs is #1–#14 copper.
Wire range of ground lugs is #2–#14 copper or aluminum.
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 77
8.0
Switching Devices
Motor Disconnects
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 4X—Polycarbonate (30A)
NEMA Type 4X—Polycarbonate (60A)
0.13
(3.3)
0.02
(0.5)
3.62
(91.9)
4.37
(111.0)
6.00
(152.4)
6.38
(162.1)
5.90
(149.9)
0.79
(20.1)
3.90
(99.1)
Ø2.68
(68.1)
7.32
(185.9)
7.80
(198.1)
0.16
(4.1)
0.02
(0.5)
3.62
(91.9)
4.37
(111.0)
8.27
(210.0)
0.59
(15.0)
4.45
(113.0)
4.94
(125.5)
Ø2.67
(67.8)
78 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Bolted Pressure Switches
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches
CBC Type Switch QA Type Switch
Mill Switch (PMS)
Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
QA, CBC - Product Overview, Standards . . . . . . . . . . 78
Catalogue Configurator, Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
PMS - Product Selection, Standards, Dimensions. . . 82
Pringle Custom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch
Product Application
Typically sold as an open
device to OEM’s. QA and
CBC type Pringle switches
are typically used as the low
voltage 600Vac max. fusible
main service entrance device
installed in a switchboard or
an enclosure for commercial
installations.
PMS designs are used for
250Vdc or 600Vac
applications typically found in
steel mills, foundries,
shipyards, heavy equipment
warehouses, mining, utilities.
Along with standard 600Vac
low voltage and 250Vdc
Pringle switches, custom
Pringle switches are available
for various, commercial,
industrial, utility, port
electrification, transit,
applications. Medium voltage
up to 15kV @ 6 to 60kA. For
DC applications (non load
break rated) @ 600, 750,
1000, 1200, 1600Vdc custom
Pringle switches are available.
Features
Bolted Pressure Contacts
All Pringle switches feature
bolted pressure contacts. The
result: blade contact surfaces
are bolted closed at a
pressure of 600 PSI - at both
the hinge and jaw ends. The
benefit: current conducting
efficiency is the equivalent of
a bolted bus bar connection.
Spring Mechanism
All quick action switches use
a unique spring mechanism
for improved reliability over
traditional coil springs. The
unique spring design is
created by a series of
concave-convex washers.
The paired-washer spring
design provides a higher
force/distance ratio, making it
easier to operate the
mechanism.
Should an pair of washers
become inoperable for any
reason, the entire spring
assembly will still be operable
by means of the remaining
pairs. This is unlike the
situation if a coil spring were
to fracture or fatigue.
Sample Spring Configuration
-Bottom feed configurations
simplify connections from
underground services
resulting in considerable
savings by eliminating
up-and around bus and
extra cubicle space
required by conventional
top feed devices.
-200kAIC and 100% rated
with Class “L” fuses.
Standards and Certifications
-600Vac
-CSA Certified “QA” &
“CBC” type
-UL Listed switches
available upon request
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 79
8.0
Switching Devices
Bolted Pressure Switches
Product Selection
“QA” – Manually operated
contact switch with quick
positive switching action
“CBC” – Electric trip contact
switch with charge-before-
close mechanism. Can be
manually or electrically
tripped. Optional blown fuse
detector and phase failure
relay with capacitor trip
available.
“EO” – (Not UL or CSA)
Similar to “CBC” design
except pushbutton operated
vs handle, also enables remote
access to energize or shut
down power to the switch
-600Vac maximum
-800 – 6000Ampere
-800 – 4000Ampere - CSA
certified @ 600Vac
-Fusible
-Optional non-fusible “QA”
-Top or bottom fed
-Manually operated “QA”
design
-Electric Trip “CBC” design
-200kAIC and 100% load
break rated with Class “L”
fuses
-Top or bottom feed
-Two, three, or four pole
-Silver tipped contacts
-Various options available
see page 84
Catalogue Number Selection
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch
Notes
aNot CSA certified. A separate control box may be required when adding accessories.
bNot an option with QA type switches. GF option includes control power transformer.
c110 Vdc and 125 Vdc also available. Please contact Customer Service (1800-268-3578).
dFor different system voltage requirements, please contact Customer Service (1800-268-3578).
eFor QA switches, use 600V system catalogue number when referencing a 208V system.
fOnly applicable if ordering a CPT only, without ground fault.
gOnly available with QA switches and in a top-feed configuration.
hDoes not carry CSA marking.
iThree pole four wire not available, if neutral required, customer to supply neutral or four pole four wire available.
jFor BFD that does not trip the switch, use QA switch design.
For BFD that does trip the switch, use CB switch design.
Switch
CB = CBC
QA = QA
EO = EO a
Amperes
08 = 800A
12 = 1200A
16 = 1600A
20 = 2000A
25 = 2500A
30 = 3000A
40 = 4000A
50 = 5000A h
60 = 6000A h
Poles
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
Wire
2 = Two-wire
3 = Three-wire
4 = Four-wirei
Feed
B= Bottom
T= Top
NF= Non-fused g
Options
6 = With handle
suitable to meet
6’6” requirements
CSA= Meets CSA
requirements
Auxiliary Contact
5 = 1NO/1NC
7 = 2NO/2NC
14= 3NO/3NC
Interlock
K = Key interlock
provision
System Voltage d
208 = 208V e
480 = 480V
600 = 600V
Blown Fuse Detector (BFD) j
A= BFD with three normally ON
lights (does NOT trip)
AO = BFD with three normally OFF lights
(does NOT trip)
AX = BFD with NO lights (trips switch)
A9 = BFD with three normally ON
lights (trips switch)
AR = BFD with three normally OFF lights
(trips switch)
CB
08
3
3
B
120
600
K
G
AO
CT
5
CSA
Voltage Control b
120 = 120V c
Control Power Transformer b
CT = With control
power transformer f
Ground Fault b
G =Ground fault with control
power transformer
GNX =Ground fault without
control power
transformer
80 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Bolted Pressure Switches
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Manually Operated Bolted Contact Switches “QA” Design
800A - 4000A QA Top Feed
800A - 4000A QA Bottom Feed
Type Feed Ampere
Standard Catalogue
Number Dimensions Weight (lb/kg)
Top ABCDE F
QA T 800 QA0833T600CSA 24 (610) 20 (508) 12 (305) 4 (102) 6 (152) 22.5 (572) 95 (43)
QA T 1200 QA1233T600CSA 28 (711) 20 (508) 14 (356) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 28 (711) 160 (73)
QA T 1600 QA1633T600CSA 28 (711) 20 (508) 14 (356) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 28 (711) 160 (73)
QA T 2000 QA2033T600CSA 28 (711) 20 (508) 14 (356) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 28 (711) 160 (73)
QA T 2500 QA2533T600CSA 32 (813) 28 (711) 15 (381) 6 (152) 8 (203) 28 (711) 190 (86)
QA T 3000 QA3033T600CSA 44 (1118) 40 (1016) 20 (508) 9 (229) 11 (279) 28 (711) 350 (159)
QA T 4000 QA4033T600CSA 44 (1118) 40 (1016) 20 (508) 9 (229) 11 (279) 28 (711) 350 (159)
Bottom H I J K L M
QA B 800 QA0833B600CSA 24 (610) 20 (508) 12 (305) 4 (102) 6 (152) 27 (686) 110 (50)
QA B 1200 QA1233B600CSA 28 (711) 24 (610) 14 (356) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 32 (813) 180 (82)
QA B 1600 QA1633B600CSA 28 (711) 24 (610) 14 (356) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 32 (813) 180 (82)
QA B 2000 QA2033B600CSA 28 (711) 24 (610) 14 (356) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 32 (813) 180 (82)
QA B 2500 QA2533B600CSA 32 (813) 28 (711) 15 (381) 6 (152) 8 (203) 32 (813) 215 (98)
QA B 3000 QA3033B600CSA 44 (1118) 40 (1016) 20 (508) 9 (229) 11 (279) 32 (813) 400 (182)
QA B 4000 QA4033B600CSA 44 (1118) 40 (1016) 20 (508) 9 (229) 11 (279) 32 (813) 400 (182)
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 81
8.0
Switching Devices
Bolted Pressure Switches
Electrically Operated Bolted Contact Switches “CBC” Design
800A - 4000A CBC Top Feed
800A - 4000A CBC Bottom Feed
Type Feed Ampere
Standard Catalogue
Number Dimensions Weight (lb/kg)
Top ABCDE F
CBC T 800 CB0833T120600CSA 28 (711) 24 (610) 16.5 (419) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 26.1 (663) 140 (64)
CBC T 1200 CB1233T120600CSA 28 (711) 24 (610) 16.5 (419) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 28 (711) 180 (82)
CBC T 1600 CB1633T120600CSA 28 (711) 24 (610) 16.5 (419) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 28 (711) 180 (82)
CBC T 2000 CB2033T120600CSA 28 (711) 24 (610) 16.5 (419) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 28 (711) 180 (82)
CBC T 2500 CB2533T120600CSA 32 (813) 28 (711) 17.5 (445) 6 (152) 8 (203) 28 (711) 215 (98)
CBC T 3000 CB3033T120600CSA 44 (1118) 40 (1016) 22.5 (572) 9 (229) 11 (279) 28 (711) 390 (177)
CBC T 4000 CB4033T120600CSA 44 (1118) 40 (1016) 22.5 (572) 9 (229) 11 (279) 28 (711) 390 (177)
Bottom H I J K L M
CBC B 800 CB0833B120600CSA 28 (711) 24 (610) 16.5 (419) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 30.3 (765) 155 (70)
CBC B 1200 CB1233B120600CSA 28 (711) 24 (610) 16.5 (419) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 32 (813) 200 (91)
CBC B 1600 CB1633B120600CSA 28 (711) 24 (610) 16.5 (419) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 32 (813) 200 (91)
CBC B 2000 CB2033B120600CSA 28 (711) 24 (610) 16.5 (419) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 32 (813) 200 (91)
CBC B 2500 CB2533B120600CSA 32 (813) 28 (711) 17.5 (445) 6 (152) 8 (203) 32 (813) 240 (109)
CBC B 3000 CB3033B120600CSA 44 (1118) 40 (1016) 22.5 (572) 9 (229) 11 (279) 32 (813) 430 (195)
CBC B 4000 CB4033B120600CSA 44 (1118) 40 (1016) 22.5 (572) 9 (229) 11 (279) 32 (813) 430 (195)
82 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Bolted Pressure Switches
Product Selection
“PMS” – Pringle Mill
switches are opened or
closed by means of a side
mounted operating handle,
which compresses disc
springs (Eaton Pringle
exclusive) in the drive
mechanism. The mechanism,
in turn, quickly opens or
closes the switch blades at a
speed independent of the
speed of handle movement.
Additionally, the handle can
override the springs for
positive connection with the
switch blades.
-PMS design is typically
sold as an enclosed device
-800 – 4000Ampere
-250Vdc (does not carry UL
or CSA)
-600Vac maximum (does
not carry UL or CSA)
-Fusible or non fusible
-Two or three pole
-Load break rated
-Multiple entry and exit
configurations
-Cable entry in the top
and exit out the bottom
(TB)
-Top entry and top exit
(TT)
-Bottom entry and top
exit (BT)
-Bottom entry and
bottom exit (BB)
-NEMA 12 enclosure rating,
11 – gauge steel, suitable
for wall or column
mounting
-Side operating handle
-Interlocking switch
mechanism, prevents door
from being opened when
switch energized
-Defeatable door interlock
(for use by trained
personnel).
-Padlockable in open
position – up to 3 padlocks.
-Window option available
-Provision for Key
Interlocking option
available
Catalogue Number Selection
Pringle Mill Switch
(NEMA 1/3R/12 Enclosed)
Notes
aAdditional accessories/options available—door interlock, special nameplates, custom dimensions, special paint and auxiliary contacts.
Please contact Customer Service (1-800-268-3578).
b250 Vdc.
c480 Vac, note for 600Vac must add ‘600’ to suffix of cat#.
Switch
PMS = Pringle Mill Switch
Option a
W = With viewing window
K = Key interlock provision
600 = 600Vac
Amperes
08 = 800A
12 = 1200A
16 = 1600A
20 = 2000A
25 = 2500A
30 = 3000A
40 = 4000A
Poles
2 = Two-pole b
3 = Three-pole c
Feed Exit
B = Bottom
T = Top
PMS 08 3 3 NF T B W
Feed Entry
B = Bottom
T = Top
Wire
2 = Two-wire b
3 = Three-wire c
Fusing
F= Fusible
NF = Non-fusible
A
BC
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 83
8.0
Switching Devices
Bolted Pressure Switches
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2-Pole, 250Vdc Mill Switches - Non-Fusible
2-Pole, 250Vdc Mill Switches - Fusible
Note: a For 600 Vac add “600” to suffix of catalogue number, same dimensions apply
3-Pole, 480Vac Mill Switches - Non-Fusiblea
3-Pole, 480Vac Mill Switches - Fusiblea
Amperes Catalogue Number A B C
800 PMS0822NFTB 36.00 (914.4) 18.00 (457.2) 12.50 (317.5)
PMS0822NFTT 36.00 (914.4) 28.00 (711.2) 15.50 (393.7)
PMS0822NFBB 36.00 (914.4) 28.00 (711.2) 15.50 (393.7)
PMS0822NFBT 36.00 (914.4) 28.00 (711.2) 15.50 (393.7)
1200 PMS1222NFTB 42.00 (1066.8) 19.00 (482.6) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS1222NFTT 42.00 (1066.8) 31.50 (800.1) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS1222NFBB 42.00 (1066.8) 31.50 (800.1) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS1222NFBT 42.00 (1066.8) 31.50 (800.1) 17.00 (431.8)
1600 PMS1622NFTB 42.00 (1066.8) 19.00 (482.6) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS1622NFTT 42.00 (1066.8) 31.50 (800.1) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS1622NFBB 42.00 (1066.8) 31.50 (800.1) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS1622NFBT 42.00 (1066.8) 31.50 (800.1) 17.00 (431.8)
2000 PMS2022NFTB 42.00 (1066.8) 19.00 (482.6) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS2022NFTT 42.00 (1066.8) 31.50 (800.1) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS2022NFBB 42.00 (1066.8) 31.50 (800.1) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS2022NFBT 42.00 (1066.8) 31.50 (800.1) 17.00 (431.8)
2500 PMS2522NFTB 50.00 (1270.0) 27.00 (685.8) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS2522NFTT 50.00 (1270.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS2522NFBB 50.00 (1270.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS2522NFBT 50.00 (1270.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.00 (431.8)
3000 PMS3022NFTB 50.00 (1270.0) 27.00 (685.8) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS3022NFTT 50.00 (1270.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS3022NFBB 50.00 (1270.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS3022NFBT 50.00 (1270.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.00 (431.8)
4000 PMS4022NFTB 50.00 (1270.0) 27.00 (685.8) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS4022NFTT 50.00 (1270.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS4022NFBB 50.00 (1270.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS4022NFBT 50.00 (1270.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.00 (431.8)
Amperes Catalogue Number A B C
800 PMS0822FTB 45.00 (1143.0) 19.00 (482.6) 12.50 (317.5)
PMS0822FTT 45.00 (1143.0) 32.00 (812.8) 15.50 (393.7)
PMS0822FBB 45.00 (1143.0) 32.00 (812.8) 15.50 (393.7)
PMS0822FBT 45.00 (1143.0) 32.00 (812.8) 15.50 (393.7)
1200 PMS1222FTB 58.00 (1473.2) 21.00 (533.4) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS1222FTT 58.00 (1473.2) 35.00 (889.0) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS1222FBB 58.00 (1473.2) 35.00 (889.0) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS1222FBT 58.00 (1473.2) 35.00 (889.0) 17.00 (431.8)
1600 PMS1622FTB 58.00 (1473.2) 21.00 (533.4) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS1622FTT 58.00 (1473.2) 35.00 (889.0) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS1622FBB 58.00 (1473.2) 35.00 (889.0) 17.00 (431.8)
PMS1622FBT 58.00 (1473.2) 35.00 (889.0) 17.00 (431.8)
2000 PMS2022FTB 58.00 (1473.2) 21.00 (533.4) 15.00 (381.0)
PMS2022FTT 58.00 (1473.2) 35.00 (889.0) 18.00 (457.2)
PMS2022FBB 58.00 (1473.2) 35.00 (889.0) 18.00 (457.2)
PMS2022FBT 58.00 (1473.2) 35.00 (889.0) 18.00 (457.2)
2500 PMS2522FTB 70.00 (1778.0) 29.00 (736.6) 15.00 (381.0)
PMS2522FTT 70.00 (1778.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.50 (444.5)
PMS2522FBB 70.00 (1778.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.50 (444.5)
PMS2522FBT 70.00 (1778.0) 50.00 (1270.0) 17.50 (444.5)
3000 PMS3022FTB 70.00 (1778.0) 29.00 (736.6) 15.00 (381.0)
PMS3022FTT 70.00 (1778.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.50 (444.5)
PMS3022FBB 70.00 (1778.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.50 (444.5)
PMS3022FBT 70.00 (1778.0) 50.00 (1270.0) 17.50 (444.5)
4000 PMS4022FTB 70.00 (1778.0) 29.00 (736.6) 15.00 (381.0)
PMS4022FTT 70.00 (1778.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.50 (444.5)
PMS4022FBB 70.00 (1778.0) 42.50 (1079.5) 17.50 (444.5)
PMS4022FBT 70.00 (1778.0) 50.00 (1270.0) 17.50 (444.5)
Amperes Catalogue Number A B C
800 PMS0833NFTB 36.00 (914.4) 26.00 (660.4) 12.50 (317.5)
PMS0833NFTT 36.00 (914.4) 26.00 (660.4) 23.00 (584.2)
PMS0833NFBB 36.00 (914.4) 26.00 (660.4) 23.00 (584.2)
PMS0833NFBT 36.00 (914.4) 26.00 (660.4) 23.00 (584.2)
1200 PMS1233NFTB 42.00 (1066.8) 28.00 (711.2) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS1233NFTT 42.00 (1066.8) 28.00 (711.2) 24.00 (609.6)
PMS1233NFBB 42.00 (1066.8) 28.00 (711.2) 24.00 (609.6)
PMS1233NFBT 42.00 (1066.8) 28.00 (711.2) 24.00 (609.6)
1600 PMS1633NFTB 42.00 (1066.8) 28.00 (711.2) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS1633NFTT 42.00 (1066.8) 28.00 (711.2) 24.00 (609.6)
PMS1633NFBB 42.00 (1066.8) 28.00 (711.2) 24.00 (609.6)
PMS1633NFBT 42.00 (1066.8) 28.00 (711.2) 24.00 (609.6)
2000 PMS2033NFTB 42.00 (1066.8) 28.00 (711.2) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS2033NFTT 42.00 (1066.8) 28.00 (711.2) 24.00 (609.6)
PMS2033NFBB 42.00 (1066.8) 28.00 (711.2) 24.00 (609.6)
PMS2033NFBT 42.00 (1066.8) 28.00 (711.2) 24.00 (609.6)
2500 PMS2533NFTB 50.00 (1270.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 20.00 (508.0)
PMS2533NFTT 50.00 (1270.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 30.00 (762.0)
PMS2533NFBB 50.00 (1270.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 30.00 (762.0)
PMS2533NFBT 50.00 (1270.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 30.00 (762.0)
3000 PMS3033NFTB 50.00 (1270.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 20.00 (508.0)
PMS3033NFTT 50.00 (1270.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 30.00 (762.0)
PMS3033NFBB 50.00 (1270.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 30.00 (762.0)
PMS3033NFBT 50.00 (1270.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 30.00 (762.0)
4000 PMS4033NFTB 50.00 (1270.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 20.00 (508.0)
PMS4033NFTT 50.00 (1270.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 30.00 (762.0)
PMS4033NFBB 50.00 (1270.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 30.00 (762.0)
PMS4033NFBT 50.00 (1270.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 30.00 (762.0)
Amperes Catalogue Number A B C
800 PMS0833FTB 45.00 (1143.0) 26.00 (660.4) 12.50 (317.5)
PMS0833FTT 45.00 (1143.0) 26.00 (660.4) 23.00 (584.2)
PMS0833FBB 45.00 (1143.0) 26.00 (660.4) 23.00 (584.2)
PMS0833FBT 45.00 (1143.0) 26.00 (660.4) 23.00 (584.2)
1200 PMS1233FTB 58.00 (1473.2) 30.00 (762.0) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS1233FTT 58.00 (1473.2) 30.00 (762.0) 24.00 (609.6)
PMS1233FBB 58.00 (1473.2) 30.00 (762.0) 24.00 (609.6)
PMS1233FBT 58.00 (1473.2) 30.00 (762.0) 24.00 (609.6)
1600 PMS1633FTB 58.00 (1473.2) 30.00 (762.0) 14.00 (355.6)
PMS1633FTT 58.00 (1473.2) 30.00 (762.0) 24.00 (609.6)
PMS1633FBB 58.00 (1473.2) 30.00 (762.0) 24.00 (609.6)
PMS1633FBT 58.00 (1473.2) 30.00 (762.0) 24.00 (609.6)
2000 PMS2033FTB 58.00 (1473.2) 30.00 (762.0) 15.00 (381.0)
PMS2033FTT 58.00 (1473.2) 30.00 (762.0) 25.00 (635.0)
PMS2033FBB 58.00 (1473.2) 30.00 (762.0) 25.00 (635.0)
PMS2033FBT 58.00 (1473.2) 30.00 (762.0) 25.00 (635.0)
2500 PMS2533FTB 85.00 (2159.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 20.00 (508.0)
PMS2533FTT 85.00 (2159.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 30.00 (762.0)
PMS2533FBB 85.00 (2159.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 30.00 (762.0)
PMS2533FBT 85.00 (2159.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 30.00 (762.0)
3000 PMS3033FTB 85.00 (2159.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 20.00 (508.0)
PMS3033FTT 85.00 (2159.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 30.00 (762.0)
PMS3033FBB 85.00 (2159.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 30.00 (762.0)
PMS3033FBT 85.00 (2159.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 30.00 (762.0)
4000 PMS4033FTB 85.00 (2159.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 20.00 (508.0)
PMS4033FTT 85.00 (2159.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 30.00 (762.0)
PMS4033FBB 85.00 (2159.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 30.00 (762.0)
PMS4033FBT 85.00 (2159.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 30.00 (762.0)
84 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
Bolted Pressure Switches
Pringle Switch Custom Capabilities
For engineered to order, or
non-load break switch
solutions with bolted
pressure contact technology,
contact Customer Service
(1-800-268-3578).
-Enclosed “QA” or “CBC”
design
-Non Load break rated
-Motor operated 800-6000A
-High current 6000A to
35,000A +
-Medium voltage 5kV,
15kV +
-DC voltages 250Vdc to
3000Vdc +
-Transit applications - single,
two or three pole DC rated
-Manual transfer switches
-Live front switches
-Viewing windows
-Utility ground
-Special paint
-Provision for key
interlocking
-Nameplates
-Custom dimensions
-Auxiliary contacts
Service
Eaton’s Pringle switches
have always been
manufactured with precision-
made parts, and, like any
mechanical device, they do
require routine maintenance
in order to operate at the
optimal level. Over time,
contact surfaces may be
exposed to dirt and other
contaminants, which could
result in improper mechanical
and/or electrical operation of
the switch.
Eaton maintains a dedicated
service team that has over
100 years of combined
experience in the exclusive
service and repair of Pringle
switches. A service call
performed by a certified
technician ensures that your
equipment is cleaned, lubed,
adjusted and repaired, and a
one-year extended warranty
is granted. General
maintenance, repair/
refurbishment and
troubleshooting are just some
of the services provided.
In-House Service
Eaton also offers in-house
inspection, service and repair
at our manufacturing facility
in Cleveland, TN.
Aftermarket Parts
Eaton has a full line of factory-
specified aftermarket parts
for Pringle switches, as well
as complete, form, fit,
function, replacement
switches. Contact customer
support 1-800-268-3578 or
Eaton Sales for aftermarket
parts information.
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 85
8.0
Switching Devices
OEM Operating Mechanisms
Complete Operating Mechanism—C361NE1 Contents
Description Page
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Catalogue Configurator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Standard Terminal Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Short Circuit Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Flex/Satellite Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air Condition Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Duty Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Heavy Duty Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heavy Duty Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heavy Duty Double Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Enviroline Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heavy Duty Window Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heavy Duty Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heavy Duty Voltage Indicator Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hazardous Location Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Heavy Duty Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Solar Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Zone Blasting Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Elevator Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grounding Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Enclosed Motor Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
OEM Operating Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Product Description, Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
C361 Variable Depth Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
C361 Fixed Depth Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
C371 Variable Depth Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
CSA Enclosure Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Flange Mounted—Operating Mechanisms with Disconnect and Breakers
Product Application
Suitable for OEM’s and
panelbuilders where main or
branch circuit protection
devices are required in
enclosures having a right
hand flange. These devices
can be mounted in any
commercially available
enclosure. Before installing
the device, obtain detailed
mounting and other important
information from the
enclosure manufacturer.
Product Description
There are three types of
flange mount operating
mechanisms to select from:
-Variable Depth complete
with non fusible or fusible
disconnect
-Fixed Depth complete with
non fusible or fusible
disconnect
-Variable Depth for use with
MCCB (moulded case
circuit breaker, or moulded
case switch)
-Optional channel support,
connecting rods, safety
interlocks and door hardware
-Optional connecting rod to
increase depth by five
inches
Variable Depth complete
with disconnect
-250Vdc / 600Vac maximum
- 30 – 200Ampere, 3 phase
-Variable depth mounting
range 7 to 16 inches
-For right hand flange
enclosures
-Disconnect is Heavy Duty
K switch design
-Fusible or Non-Fusible
-Fusible will accept R fuse
as standard
-Field installable rejection
kits supplied as standard
for 100A and 200A
-UL/CSA recognized for use
on systems up to 200kA
RMS
-Handles rated for type 1,
3R, 12, or 4 (non plastic)
enclosures
-Padlockable – up to three
padlocks in OFF position
-Optional field installable
auxiliary contacts
Fixed Depth complete
with disconnect
-Same as above except
-30 – 100Ampere, 3phase
-Fixed depth
-30-60A = 6.5 inches
-100A = 7 inches
Variable Depth for use
with MCCB’s
-150 – 1200Ampere
-Three phase
-Breaker must be ordered
separately
-Variable depth ranges from
6.5 inches to 22 inches
(rating dependent)
-Handles rated for type 1,
3R, 12, or 4 (non plastic)
enclosures
-Padlockable – up to three
padlocks in OFF position
Standards and Certifications
-UL—Component File
E55492
-CSA—LR353-439
86 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
OEM Operating Mechanisms
Product Selection
Operating Mechanism Variable Depth with Disconnect Switch—Right-Hand Mounting
Handle Only
Notes
a Dimension shown is from panel to flange surface.
b Refers to rating of switch only.
c Components individually boxed and shipped in overpack carton.
d For rejection clips, add Suffix Letter R to listed Catalogue Number. Example: C361SC121R.
Disconnect
Switch Size
(Amperes)
Variable
Depth
Mtg. Range
Min./Max.
(Inches) a
Maximum Horsepower Ratings b
Fuse Clip Rating
(Amperes) Non-
interchangeable
Type for Class
H, J, K or R Type
Fuses Only
Switch and
Operating
Mechanism Only
DOES NOT
Include Handle
Switch and Operating Mechanism
with 4-Inch Handle c
AC System Volts
(Motor Volts) DC
Using
Two Poles
250V Max.
For Type 1 or 12
Enclosure
For Type 4
Enclosure
208
(200)
240
(230)
480
(460)
600
(575) 250V 600V
Catalogue
Number
Catalogue
Number
Catalogue
Number
30 7 to 16 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 5 Non-fusible C361NC C361NC1 C361NC2
30 — C361SC21 C361SC121 dC361SC221 d
60 30 C361SC61 C361SC161 dC361SC261 d
60 7 to 16 15 15 30 50 10 Non-fusible C361ND C361ND1 C361ND2
60 30 C361SD22 C361SD122 dC361SD222 d
—60C361SD62 C361SD162 dC361SD262 d
100 7 to 16 25 30 60 75 20 Non-fusible C361NE C361NE1 C361NE2
100 100 C361SE263 C361SE1263 C361SE2263
200 7 to 16 40 60 125 150 40 Non-fusible C361NF1 C361NF1 C361NF2
200 200 C361SF264 C361SF1264 C361SF2264
Application
Operating Handle
Length in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type
Enclosure
Catalogue
Number
For use with 30, 60
100 and 200A
disconnect switches
4.00 (101.6) 1-12 C361H1
4.00 (101.6) 4 C361H2
6.00 (152.4) 1-12 C361H3
6.00 (152.4) 4 C361H4
C361NE1
C361H1
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 87
8.0
Switching Devices
OEM Operating Mechanisms
Dimensions for Variable Depth Design
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Mounting Dimension Requirements in Inches (mm)
Mounting Dimension Requirements Terminal Capacity
Dimension A = The required wire bending spacing selected per
CSA C22.2 No.12.
Dimension B = Minimum or maximum depth from inside of
flange holding operating handle to panel where disconnect
switch is mounted (variable 7 to 16 inches).
Disconnect Switch Type ABCDEFG
30A and 60A non-fusible See dimensions
below
See dimensions
below
1.56 (39.6) 0.96 (24.4) 4.00 (101.6) 3.50 (88.9) 7.12 (180.8)
30A and 60A fusible 1.56 (39.6) 0.96 (24.4) 4.00 (101.6) 3.50 (88.9) 9.75 (247.7)
100A non-fusible 1.75 (44.5) 1.10 (27.9) 5.50 (139.7) 3.38 (85.9) 7.12 (180.8)
100A fusible 1.75 (44.5) 1.10 (27.9) 5.50 (139.7) 3.38 (85.9) 11.88 (301.8)
200A non-fusible and fusible 3.34 (84.8) 0.63 (16.0) 8.50 (215.9) 1.84 (46.7) 15.50 (393.7)
0.62
(15.7)
Disconnect Switch Size Wire Size
30A #14–#2 Cu/Al
60A #14–#2 Cu/Al
100A #14–1/0 Cu/Al
200A #6–250 Cu/Al
88 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
OEM Operating Mechanisms
Product Selection
Operating Mechanism Fixed Depth with Disconnect Switch—Right-Hand Mounting
Dimensions
Approximate dimensions in Inches (mm)
Frame Size
Approximate Dimensions
Notes
aRefers to rating of switch only.
bFor Rejection Clips, add Suffix Letter R to listed Catalogue Number. Example: C361FSC121R.
Technical Data and Specifications
Terminal Capacity
Disconnect
Switch Size
(Amperes)
Maximum Horsepower Ratings a
Fuse Clip Rating (Amperes)
Non-Interchangeable Type for
Class H, J, K or R Type Fuses Only
Switch and Operating
Mechanism with
4-Inch Handle
For Type 1 or 12
EnclosureAC System Volts (Motor Volts) DC Using
Two Poles
250V Maximum208 (200) 240 (230) 480 (460) 600 (575) 250V 600V Catalogue Number
30 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 5 Non-fusible C361FNC1
30 — C361FSC121 b
60 30 C361FSC161 b
60 15 15 30 50 10 Non-fusible C361FND1
60 30 C361FSD122 b
—60C361FSD162 b
100 25 30 60 75 20 Non-fusible C361FNE1
100 100 C361FSE1263
Fixed Depth Application
Description A B C D E
30–60A disconnect switch 8.63 (219.2) 11.38 (289.1) 6.50 (165.1) 1.50 (38.1) 9.50 (241.3)
150A circuit breaker 8.63 (219.2) 11.38 (289.1) 6.50 (165.1) 1.50 (38.1) 9.50 (241.3)
100A disconnect switch 9.88 (251.0) 13.38 (339.9) 7.00 (177.8) 1.25 (31.8) 11.75 (298.5)
250A circuit breaker 9.88 (251.0) 13.38 (339.9) 7.00 (177.8) 1.25 (31.8) 11.75 (298.5)
400A circuit breaker 9.88 (251.0) 13.38 (339.9) 7.00 (177.8) 1.25 (31.8) 11.75 (298.5)
0.31 (7.9)
0.38
(9.7)
0.38 (9.7) Dia. Holes
for Panel Support
if Necessary
Disconnect Switch Size Wire Size
30A #2–14 Cu/Al
60A #2–14 Cu/Al
100A 1/0–14 Cu/Al
200A 250 kcmil–#6 Cu/Al
89 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
OEM Operating Mechanisms
Accessories
Type C361 NEMA 12 Safety Door Hardware
Type C361 door hardware kits
are designed to function with
all C361 and C371 disconnect
switches and circuit breaker
operating mechanisms.
These kits are designed for
use with small enclosures
up to 40 inches (1016 mm),
intermediate 40–60 inches
(1016–1524 mm) or larger
floor cases over 60 inches
(1524 mm) to provide
enclosure sealing and
protection against
unauthorized entry.
These kits can be used
on enclosure flanges with
material thickness ranging
from 16 gauge through
3/16 inches with flanges
on the right side only. Door
hardware kits are to be
installed in a commercially
available enclosure. Consult
the enclosure manufacturer
application data for proper
kit selection.
Type C361 NEMA 12 Safety
Door Hardware
Notes
a The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch standard mill rectangular locking bar is
not supplied with these kits.
b Third roller latch for use with 4 or 6-inch handle when three-
point latching is required.
Note: Consult enclosure manufacturer - Some enclosures have latch for
handle to lock included, other enclosures have holes predrilled ready to
mount this kit.
Handle Length (Inches)
Catalogue Number
a
4C361KJ4
6C361KJ6
Roller Latch bC361KR
NEMA 12 Safety
Door Hardware
Electrical Interlocks Connecting Rods—Increase Maximum Allowable Depth
by 5 Inches
Fuse Clips for Variable or Flange Mount Operating Mechanisms
Fuse Clip Selection for C361 Series Disconnects
Notes
a Fuse clip “R” rejection members for use with Class R fuses are supplied loose in the Fuse Clip Kits.
Circuit Catalogue Number
1NO-1NC DS200EK1
2NO-2NC DS200EK2
Application Catalogue Number
Disconnect switches 30, 60, 100 and 200A
Circuit breakers 150, 250 and 400A
C371CS1
Circuit breakers 600, 800 and 1200A C371CS2
Maximum
Horsepower
(3-Phase) Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Clip Kit for Field Installation with Fusible Switches
Starter
Size Motor Voltage
Dual Element
Fuses Amperes Volts
Catalogue Number
For Non-rejection
Type Fuses
Catalogue Number
For use w/”R” Rejection
Type Fuses
Catalogue Number
For Form I Type “J”
Fuses
Catalogue Number
For Form II Type “C”
Fuses
0 200/230
460/575
3
5
30
30
250
600
C351KC21
C351KD22-61
C351KC21R
C351KD22-61R
—
C351KD71
—
C351KD81
1 200/230
460/575
7-1/2
10
30
30
250
600
C351KC21
C351KD22-61
C351KC21R
C351KD22-61R
—
C351KD71
—
C351KD81
2 200
230
460/575
10
15
25
60
60
60
250
250
600
C351KD22-61
C351KD22-61
C351KD62
C351KD22-61R
C351KD22-61R
C351KD62R
—
—
C351KD72
—
—
C351KD82
3 200
230
460/575
25
30
50
100
100
100
250
250
600
C351KE23-63a
C351KE23-63a
C351KE23-63a
C351KE23-63a
C351KE23-63a
C351KE23-63a
—
—
C351KE73
—
—
C351KE83
4 200
230
460/575
40
50
100
200
200
200
250
250
600
C351KF24-64a
C351KF24-64a
C351KF24-64a
C351KE24-64a
C351KE24-64a
C351KE24-64a
—
—
C351KF74
—
—
C351KF84
5 200
230
460/575
75
100
200
400
400
400
250
250
600
Not available in kit form Not available in kit form Not available in kit form Not available in kit form
90 Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca
8.0
Switching Devices
OEM Operating Mechanisms
Type C371
Note: Breaker not included in kit.
Handle Only
Channel Support Kit (Rod Not Supplied)
For use to prevent bending of the operating handle mounting
surface. This is especially useful when the operating handle is
mounted on a channel in a multi-door enclosure.
Connecting Rods
Notes
a For increased maximum allowable depth, see connecting rods left.
b Dimensions shown are from panel flange surface.
c Does not include handle.
d Increase maximum allowable depth by 5 inches(127 mm).
Dimensions
Approximate dimensions in Inches (mm)
Frame Size
Approximate Dimensions
Circuit Breaker or
Motor Circuit Protector
Frame
Size
Variable Depth
Mounting Range
Min/Max
Operating
Mechanism Only
Operating Mechanism w/ 4-Inch Handle
For NEMA 1-12 Enclosure For NEMA 4/4X Enclosure
Catalogue Number Catalogue Number Catalogue Number
HCMP and Series C
EHD, FDB, FD, FDC, HFD, ED
150 6.50-16 (165.1-406.4) C371E C371E1 C371E2
HCMP and Series C
HJD, JD, JDB, JDC
250 6.50-16.63 (165.1-422.4) C371F C371F5 C371F6
HCMP and Series C
DK, HKD, KD, KDB
400 6.50-16.63 (165.1-422.4) C371F C371F5 C371F6
Series C
HLD, LD, LDC
600 8.50-22 (215.9-558.8) C371G C371G5 C371G6
Series C MD, MDS
(No MDL)
800 8.75-22 (222.3-558.8) C371K C371K5 C371K6
Series C
HND, ND, NDC
1200 9.75-22 (247.7-558.8) C371K C371K5 C371K6
Circuit Breaker
Frame Size
(Amperes)
NEMA
Enclosure Type
Operating
Handle Length
Catalogue
Number
150 1-3R-3-12 4.00 (101.6) C371H1
4 4.00 (101.6) C371H2
1-3R-3-12 6.00 (152.4) C371H3
4 6.00 (152.4) C371H4
250-1200 1-3R-3-12 4.00 (101.6) C371H5
4 4.00 (101.6) C371H6
1-3R-3-12 6.00 (152.4) C371H7
4 6.00 (152.4) C371H8
Amperes Catalogue Number
600-1200 C371CS6
Application Catalogue Number
Disconnect switches (30, 60, 100, 200A sizes) C371CS1
Circuit breakers (150, 250, 400A sizes) C371CS1
Circuit breakers (600, 800, 1200A sizes) C371CS2
Description A B C D E
30–60A disconnect switch 8.63 (219.2) 11.38 (289.1) 6.50 (165.1) 1.50 (38.1) 9.50 (241.3)
150A circuit breaker 8.63 (219.2) 11.38 (289.1) 6.50 (165.1) 1.50 (38.1) 9.50 (241.3)
100A disconnect switch 9.88 (251.0) 13.38 (339.9) 7.00 (177.8) 1.25 (31.8) 11.75 (298.5)
250A circuit breaker 9.88 (251.0) 13.38 (339.9) 7.00 (177.8) 1.25 (31.8) 11.75 (298.5)
400A circuit breaker 9.88 (251.0) 13.38 (339.9) 7.00 (177.8) 1.25 (31.8) 11.75 (298.5)
0.31 (7.9)
0.38
(9.7)
0.38 (9.7) Dia. Holes
for Panel Support
if Necessary
Switching Devices CA00801001K—September 2013 www.eatoncanada.ca 91
8.0
Switching Devices
Safety Switches
CSA Enclosure Designations (Canadian Electrical Code C22.1)
Enclosure 1 Enclosure 2 Enclosure 3 Enclosure 4 Enclosure 5
Hazardous Loc.
Class II Gr. E, F, G
Hazardous Loc.
Class I Gr. C, D
NEMA DESIGNATION General Purpose Encl.
(a) Protects against
accidental contact
with live parts.
Dripproof Encl.
(a) Same as (a) for
Encl. 1
(b) Indoor use so
constructed that is
exposure to falling
moisture, dirt, or
drops of moisture due
to condensation will
not impair
effectiveness of the
enclosed equipment.
(C22.2 No.94)
Weatherproof Encl.
(a) Same as (a) for
Encl. 1
(b) Outdoor use so
constructed that
exposure to weather,
falling moisture, dirt,
or extreme splashing
will not impair
effectiveness of the
enclosed equipment.
(C22.2 No.94)
Weatherproof Encl.
(a) Same as (a) for
Encl. 1
(b) Outdoor or Indoor
use, so constructed
that a stream of
water will not enter
the enclosure.
(C22.2 No.94)
Dusttight Encl.
(Not Hazardous)
(a) Same as (a) for
Encl. 1
(b) Indoor use, so
constructed that dust,
readily ignitable
fibres or combustible
flyings cannot enter
the enclosure.
(C22.2 No.94)
Dusttight Encl.
(Hazardous Dust)
(C22.2 No.94)
Refer to Canadian
Electrical Code
C22.1 Sec. 18
C22.2 No. 30)
Type 1
General Purpose
- Indoor
Basically same -
non-vent, Encl.
protects against
falling dirt.
Type 2
Dripproof Indoor
Basically same
Type 3
Windblown dust and water -
indoor / outdoor
Basically same
Type 3R
Rainproof and sleet (ice) resistant -
indoor / outdoor
Basically same, CSA
does not specifically
say sleet proof
Type 3S
Dusttight, raintight, and sleet (ice)
proof, outdoor
Basically same, CSA
does not specifically
say sleet proof
Type 4
Watertight and dusttight
- indoor / outdoor
CSA Encl. 4 is for
both indoor and
outdoor service
Type 4X
Watertight, dusttight and corrosion
resist, indoor / outdoor
CSA Encl. 4X does
specify corrosion
resistant
Type 5
Supersedes by type 12 for control
application
CSA Encl. 5 states
settling dust, lint etc.
Type 6
Submersible, watertight, dusttight
and sleet (ice) resistant - indoor and
outdoor
Type 7
Class I Gr. A, B, C, or D, indoor
hazardous locations - air break
Similar
Type 8
Class I Gr. A, B, C or D, indoor
hazardous locations - oil immersed
Similar
Type 9
Class II Gr. E, F or G, indoor hazardous
locations - air break
Similar
Type 10
Bureau of Mines
No CSA Equivalent; specified for industrial control applications see C22.5 for use if electricity in mines
Type 11
Corrosion resistant and dripproof - oil
immersed indoor
Similar - but no CSA
equivalent to Type 11
Type 12
Industrial use dusttight and driptight -
indoor
Similar in most
features - Can Elect.
Type 13
Oiltight and dusttight - indoor
CSA for oil and coolant seepage, spraying and splashing
Eaton is dedicated to ensuring that reliable, efficient and safe power
is available when it’s needed most. With unparalleled knowledge of
electrical power management across industries, experts at Eaton
deliver customized, integrated solutions to solve our customers’
most critical challenges.
Our focus is on delivering the right solution for the application. But,
decision makers demand more than just innovative products. They
turn to Eaton for an unwavering commitment to personal support
that makes customer success a top priority. For more information,
visit www.eatoncanada.ca.
Eaton
1000 Eaton Blvd.
Cleveland, OH 44122
United States
877-ETN-CARE (877-386-2273)
Eaton.com
Electrical Sector
Canadian Operations
5050 Mainway
Burlington, ON L7L 5Z1
Canada
EatonCanada.ca
© 2013 Eaton Corporation
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Canada
Pub. No. CA00801001K
September 2013
Eaton is a registered trademark.
All other trademarks are property
of their respective owners.
Follow us on social media to get the
latest product and support information.
